Part number 139256-01

Revision F, January 2001


FieldMonitor
Machinery Protection System
User Manual
FieldMonitor User Manual

Copyright Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Bently Nevada

Corporation. All rights reserved.
The information contained in this document is subject to
change without notice.

Trademarks The following are trademarks of Bently Nevada Corporation in

the United States and other countries:
ADRE®, Bently Nevada®, Cable Loc, Data Manager®,
DemoNet, Dynamic Data Manager®, Dynamic Transmitor,
Engineer Assist, FieldMonitor, FluidLoc, FlexiTIM,
FlexiTAM, Helping You Protect and Manage Your Machinery®,
HydroVU, Key ∅®, Keyphasor®, Machine Condition Manager
2000, MachineLibrary, MicroPROX®, Move Data, Not People,
Move Information, Not Data, NSv, Performance Manager,
PROXPAC®, Proximitor®, REBAM®, Seismoprobe®, System 1,
TDIXconnX, Tecknowledgy, Tip Loc, TorXimitor®, Transient
Data Manager®, Trendmaster®, TrimLoc, VAM, Velomitor®,
Actionable Information, Actionable Information to the Right People
At the Right Time.
PLC, PLC-5, Flex I/O, and Flex Ex are trademarks of the Allen-
Bradley Company .
ControlNet is a trademark of ControlNet International
Microsoft and Windows NT are trademarks of the Microsoft
Company
Profibus is a trademark of the Profibus User Organization

Contacting Bently The following ways of contacting Bently Nevada Corporation

are provided for those times when you cannot contact your
Nevada Corporation local Bently Nevada representative:

Mailing Address 1631 Bently Parkway South

Minden, NV 89423
USA
Telephone 1 775 782 3611
1 800 227 5514
Fax 1 775 782 9259
Internet www.bently.com

ii
 About this manual
Purpose This manual shows how to install and configure your FieldMonitor
Machinery Protection System. The manual does not show how to
design and install the fieldbus network on which the FieldMonitor
system is a node. It also does not cover transducer and external
transducer system installation.

Audience We assume that you have previously used a programmable controller,

that you are familiar with its features, programming methodology, and
that you are familiar with the terminology. If not, read the user
manual for your processor.
In addition you may also need to be familiar with
• Rockwell Software products such as RSLogix5, RSLogix500,
RSLogix5000, RSNetworx, and RSLinx
• Allen-Bradley Flex I/O or Flex Ex products
• Microsoft Windows 95 or Windows NT
• Fieldbus networks

Vocabulary In this manual we use these terms to mean the following:

Term Description
controller Any control system or network master such as a
PLC, DCS, or PC.
adapter Flex network adapter. The adapter acts as a
gateway between the Fieldbus network and Flexbus
Flexbus The serial communication bus between Flex
adapters and Flex modules
FieldMonitor A FieldMonitor system consists of a terminal base, a
system power supply, an internal Proximitor module or
transducer I/O module for Keyphasor application
(optional), monitor modules, transducer I/O modules,
and internal transducers (such as internal
Proximitor modules).
Flex Flex I/O or Flex Ex parts
internal A 1701 module that is equivalent to two external
Proximitor Proximitor Sensors, “internal” to the FieldMonitor
module system
Dual Galvanic A galvanically isolated safety barrier that plugs into
Isolator the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base. The isolator is
(Isolator) used with any internal Proximitor or transducer i/o
module.
Transducer I/O A 1701 module that plugs into the terminal base and
Module interfaces to two external sensors.
internal A 1701 module that is a sensor or transducer and
transducer plugs directly into the terminal base. (An internal
module Proximitor module is a type of internal
transducer.).
PLC Programmable logic controller

iii
FieldMonitor User Manual

Manual This user manual is divided into 10 chapters and 8 Appendices. The
following table lists the parts of the manual and describes the topics
Organization covered in each part.

Chapter Title Contents

1 System Description Overview of the FieldMonitor system,
components, and features.
2 Receiving and Describes receiving and handling requirements.
Handling Instructions
3 Installation Describes how to install the system.
4 How Communication Gives an overview of how communication takes
Takes Place place between the Flex adapter and the I/O
modules.
5 Programming the Describes how to program the modules and how
Modules when using a configuration is sent to the modules using a
Remote I/O Adapter remote I/O adapter.
6 Programming the Describes how to program the modules and how
Module when using a configuration is sent to the modules using a
Control Net Adapter Control Net adapter.
7 Configuration Options Describes the configuration options and breaks up
and I/O Data Tables the data table into detailed descriptions.
8 System Verification Shows how to verify that the system components
are operating properly.
9 Troubleshooting Describes how to troubleshoot a problem with the
system and how to perform a few maintenance
operations such as changing a power supply fuse.
10 Ordering Information Describes how to order the parts for your system.
Appendices
A through D I/O Data Table and
Appendix Monitor Type
Configuration Codes.
A 1701/15 Radial Vibration Type
B 1701/15 Thrust Position Type
C 1701/25 Velocity Input Type
D 1701/25 Acceleration Input Type

E Specifications and
Monitor Options
F Tested Flex Adapters A list of Flex network adapters that have been
tested with FieldMonitor.
G Field Wiring and Diagrams that show how to connect transducers
Installation Drawing for to I/O modules and how to connect power and
the 1701/05 ground for the 1701/05 Terminal Base.
H Field Wiring and Diagrams that show how to connect transducers
Installation Drawing for to I/O modules and how to connect power and
the 1701/06 ground for the 1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base.

Important Information
FieldMonitor Configuration Software automates the configuration
process. If you use this software, the information in Chapter 7 and
Appendix A, B, C, and D is for reference only.

iv
Safety Notices and We use the following symbol to identify information that requires
special attention:
Warnings
The key words in these notices have the following meaning:

Danger Key word

Danger, Alert, and
Meaning
A hazard exists that may cause injury or
High voltage present. Caution death. (Danger is the most serious
Contact will cause shock, hazard.)
burns, or death. Application Alert Inappropriate use or application of an
instrument that may damage the machine
Do not touch exposed or instrument.
power cables or terminals. Practices that would result in an inaccurate
signal or false alarms.
Practices that would cause the instrument
to stop monitoring or cause the
measurement to be inaccurate or
misleading.
Application Advisory Less serious machinery problems caused
by misapplication. These notices typically
identify tips about how to better apply the
product and enhance performance.

For Additional In order to configure, program, and integrate the FieldMonitor

system into a control system, you may need information from
Information the following manuals and documents:
Bently Nevada Manuals:
• 1701/50 Weatherproof Enclosure Installation Guide. Part number
143815-01.
• 1701/22 FieldMonitor Management Interface Module User
Manual. Part number 141970-01
• Velomitor® Piezo-Velocity Sensor Operation and Maintenance
Manual, part number 100076-01
• 330750 High Temperature Velocity Transducer Operation
Manual, part number 135090-01
• 330400 & 330425 Accelerometer Operation Manual, part number
127088-01

Rockwell Automation Publications:

• 1794-2.1, Flex I/O Product Data
• 1797-2.1, FlexEx Product Data
• 1794-5.13, Flex I/O Panel Mounting Kit
• 1786-2.12, ControlNet Network/System Overview
• 1786-6.2.1, ControlNet Cable System/Planning and Installation
Manual

v
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Table of Contents

System Description.......................................1-1
Chapter 1 Chapter Overview..............................................................1-1
SystemOverview...............................................................1-1
System Components ....................................................1-6
About Configuration Software...............................1-6
About the 1701/05 Terminal Base (TB) and the
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB) ...................1-7
About the Power Supply...................................... 1-11
About Monitors................................................... 1-12
About Transducer I/O Modules ........................... 1-13
About Internal Transducers ................................. 1-14
About Internal Isolators....................................... 1-14
About Monitors, Transducer I/O Modules, Isolators,
and Internal Proximitor Modules ...................... 1-15
Basics of Flexbus Communication ............................. 1-18
Receiving and Handling Instructions ..........2-1
Chapter 2
Installation....................................................3-1
Chapter 3 European Union Directive Compliance ..............................3-1
EMC Directive......................................................3-1
Low Voltage Directive ..........................................3-1
Enclosure Design Considerations ......................................3-2
FieldMonitor Power Dissipation ............................3-2
Calculating the Temperature Rise in a Weather Proof
Housing ................................................................3-2
Enclosure Oil Wicking and Humidity Considerations3-3
Hazardous Area Installations............................................3-3
Div. 2 Installations ................................................3-4
Zone 2 Installations ...............................................3-4
CE Installations.............................................................3-4
Wiring ..................................................................3-6
Additional Notes ...................................................3-6
Mounting the Terminal Base........................................3-7
Mounting the 1701/05 Terminal Base....................3-7
Mounting the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base .......3-9
Setting the Slot Offset Switch .................................... 3-10
(OFF) ................................................................. 3-11
Connecting the Flex Modules ......................................... 3-11
Direct Connection between a Flex module and 1701
Terminal Base..................................................... 3-11
Interconnect Cable Connection between a Flex Module
and 1701 Terminal Base...................................... 3-13
Installing the Power Supply............................................ 3-15
Installing 1701 Modules ................................................ 3-16
Installing Modules............................................... 3-17
vi
 Wiring ...................................................................... 3-18
External transducer wiring .................................. 3-18
Internal Transducer Wiring ................................. 3-19
Routing the Proximity Transducer System Extension
Cable and Field Wiring ....................................... 3-19
Power and earth connections ............................... 3-20
Dynamic connector wiring ................................... 3-21
External Safety Barrier Considerations ............................ 3-22
How Communication Takes Place............... 4-1
Chapter 4 Communication Over the Flex I/O Backplane ..................... 4-1
I/O Structure................................................................. 4-2
Programming the Module when using a
Chapter 5 Remote I/O Adapter .................................... 5-1
Programming a Monitor with Ladder Logic........................ 5-1
Example ladder logic program to write configuration
to and read data and status from a 1701 Monitor... 5-2
How Configuration is Sent to the Monitor ......................... 5-2
Programming the Module when using a
Chapter 6 ControlNet Adapter ..................................... 6-1
Programming the monitor using RSNetworx and RSLogix5
Software....................................................................... 6-1
How Configuration is Sent to the Monitor .......................... 6-1
Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables7-1
Chapter 7 Data Table Structure............................................. 7-1
Configuring and Programming a FieldMonitor System7-1
Radial Vibration Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor.. 7-2
Option Incompatibilities ........................................ 7-3
Direct Proportional Values.................................... 7-4
Gap Proportional Values ....................................... 7-5
Monitor Status...................................................... 7-6
Timed OK Channel Defeat .................................... 7-6
Channel On and Off .............................................. 7-6
Channel Alarm Status ........................................... 7-7
Trip Multiply........................................................ 7-7
Channel Inhibit ..................................................... 7-7
Transducer Type................................................... 7-8
Transducer Scale Factor ....................................... 7-8
Full Scale Range................................................... 7-8
Gap Alarm Setpoint (Over and Under Alert).......... 7-9
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger) ... 7-9
High and Low Pass Corner Frequency................. 7-10
Alarm Time Delay .............................................. 7-10
Monitor Reset ..................................................... 7-10
Barrier Configuration.......................................... 7-10
Set Configuration Flag........................................ 7-10
Monitor Type...................................................... 7-11
Thrust Position Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor. 7-11

vii
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Option Incompatibilities ...................................... 7-11
Direct Proportional Values .................................. 7-12
Gap Values ......................................................... 7-14
Monitor Status .................................................... 7-15
Channel On and Off ............................................ 7-15
Channel Alarm Status ......................................... 7-15
Upscale Thrust Direction..................................... 7-16
Channel Inhibit.................................................... 7-16
Transducer Type................................................. 7-16
Transducer Scale Factor...................................... 7-16
Full-scale Range ................................................. 7-17
Zero Position Voltage.......................................... 7-17
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over and Under, Alert and
Danger)............................................................... 7-17
Alarm Time Delay............................................... 7-18
Monitor Reset ..................................................... 7-18
Barrier Configuration.......................................... 7-18
Set Configuration Flag ........................................ 7-18
Monitor Type...................................................... 7-19
Velocity Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor .................. 7-19
Option Incompatibilities ...................................... 7-19
Direct Proportional Values .................................. 7-20
Monitor Status .................................................... 7-22
Timed OK Channel Defeat .................................. 7-22
Channel On and Off ............................................ 7-23
Channel Alarm Status ......................................... 7-23
Trip Multiply ...................................................... 7-23
Channel Inhibit.................................................... 7-24
Transducer Type................................................. 7-24
Transducer Scale Factor...................................... 7-24
Full Scale Range................................................. 7-25
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger).. 7-25
High and Low Pass Corner Frequency ................. 7-26
Alarm Time Delay............................................... 7-26
Monitor Reset ..................................................... 7-26
Barrier Configuration.......................................... 7-26
Set Configuration Flag ........................................ 7-26
Monitor Type...................................................... 7-27
Acceleration Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor............. 7-27
Option Incompatibilities ...................................... 7-27
Direct Proportional Values ....................................7-3
Monitor Status ......................................................7-4
Timed OK Channel Defeat ....................................7-4
Channel On and Off ..............................................7-5
Channel Alarm Status ...........................................7-5
Trip Multiply ........................................................7-5
Channel Inhibit......................................................7-6
Transducer Type...................................................7-6
Transducer Scale Factor........................................7-6
Full-scale Range ...................................................7-6
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)....7-7
viii
 High and Low Pass Corner Frequency................... 7-8
Alarm Time Delay ................................................ 7-8
Monitor Reset ....................................................... 7-8
Barrier Configuration............................................ 7-8
Set Configuration Flag.......................................... 7-8
Monitor Type........................................................ 7-9
System Verification...................................... 8-1
Chapter 8 Monitor Verification....................................................... 8-1
Required Test Equipment ...................................... 8-1
Typical Verification Test Setup............................. 8-2
Monitor LED status .............................................. 8-3
Monitor Signal Scaling ......................................... 8-3
Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Radial
Vibration Channels configured for external
Proximitor Sensors............................................. 8-5
Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Radial
Vibration Channels using internal Proximitor
Sensors................................................................. 8-8
Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Thrust
Position Channels configured for external
Proximitor Sensors........................................... 8-11
Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Thrust
Position Channels using internal Proximitor Sensors8-15
Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity
Channels configured for Seismoprobes or 2-wire
Velocity Sensors ................................................. 8-19
Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity
Channels configured for Velomitor sensors .......... 8-24
Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Acceleration
Channels............................................................. 8-30
If a Channel Fails a Verification Test .................. 8-38
Internal Proximitor Module Verification........................... 8-38
Transducer I/O Module Verification................................ 8-40
Internal Galvanic Isolator .............................................. 8-40
24 Volt Power Supply Verification.................................. 8-40
Troubleshooting ........................................... 9-1
Chapter 9 System Troubleshooting.................................................. 9-1
Communication Problems ..................................... 9-1
Monitor Troubleshooting................................................. 9-2
Monitor LED Fault Conditions.............................. 9-2
Monitor Status Codes ........................................... 9-3
Internal Proximitor Module Troubleshooting.................... 9-4
Transducer I/O Module Troubleshooting ........................... 9-9
Internal Isolator Troubleshooting .................................... 9-11
24 Volt Power Supply Troubleshooting ........................... 9-12
Changing the fuse ............................................... 9-12

ix
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Ordering Information ................................10-1

Chapter 10 FieldMonitor (1701) System ...................................... 10-1
Configuration Software ............................................. 10-1
1701 Internal Dual Galvanic Isolator ......................... 10-1
1701 Transducer I/O Modules ................................... 10-1
11701 Internal Proximitor Modules ........................ 10-2
D3300 Series Dual Proximitor Sensors............. 10-2
3300 NSv Series Dual Proximitor Sensor ...... 10-2
7200 Series Dual Proximitor Sensor ................. 10-2
1701 Proximity Transducer System Cables ................ 10-2
3300 XL Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer
System Extension Cables..................................... 10-2
7200 Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer System
Extension Cables................................................. 10-3
3300 NSv Series Proximity Transducer System
Extension Cables................................................. 10-3
1701 Proximity Transducer System Probes ................ 10-3
1701 Cables .............................................................. 10-3
Accessories ............................................................... 10-4
Flex Network Adapters.............................................. 10-4
FieldMonitor Enclosure ............................................. 10-5
Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration
Appendices Monitor ........................................................A-1
Transducer Type vs Scale Factor.......................... A-5
Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust MonitorB-1
Transducer Type vs Scale Factor.......................... B-5

Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input

Monitor ........................................................C-1
Data Table for the 1701/25 Acceleration Input
Monitor ........................................................D-1
Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor......................... D-5

Specifications and Monitor Options ...........E-1

Tested Network Adapters ........................... F-1
1701/05 Terminal Base Installation and
Wiring Diagrams........................................ G-1
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base Installation
and Wiring Diagrams................................. H-1

x
 Chapter
Chapter 1

System Description

Chapter Overview This chapter provides:

• an overview of the FieldMonitor™ Machinery Protection System

• a description of the components of the system
• basics of Flexbus communication

System Overview The FieldMonitor system is a distributed vibration monitor system

which can physically and functionally integrate with distributed I/O,
programmable logic controllers, distributed control systems, and PC
based control systems. The system is used with the Allen-Bradley Flex
I/O or Flex Ex distributed I/O products and communicates over
industry standard networks using Allen-Bradley and third party Flex
I/O network adapters or Flex Ex serial bus isolator and network
adapters.
A distributed vibration protection system is an alternative to
larger rack-based systems or vibration transmitters when…
• the vibration protection system is integrated with a machine
control system that uses distributed I/O over appropriate
networks.
• vibration parameters display on the human machine interface for
the machine control system.
• local, “on-skid”, mounting is desired
• connecting vibration points to distributed FieldMonitor systems is
more efficient and economical than wiring all points to a central
rack-based system.
• the tight integration and perceived cost advantages of vibration
transmitters are appealing but could benefit from proper
connectivity to online (or off-line) diagnostic and machinery
management systems, reduction or elimination of field wiring,
and the integrity and robustness of a system capable of self-
checking and self-contained alarm capabilities.
• protection over a network is acceptable.

Distributed vibration monitoring saves money by reducing

installation and wiring costs in the following ways:
• smaller footprint reduces cabinet space and enclosure size
• “on-skid” mounting and internal Proximitor modules eliminate
field wiring and reduce the number of housings
• a network cable may be the only wiring necessary between a
central control room and the machine
FieldMonitor User Manual
• machine OEMs and packagers who use modular manufacturing
techniques can reduce cost by completely installing, wiring, and
testing the vibration system. Break down is simply disconnecting
the network cable and power thereby leaving the vibration system
intact and eliminating expensive field wiring and troubleshooting
• Internal galvanically isolated safety barriers are used with the
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB). The internal isolators
eliminate external safety barriers and make an Intrinsically Safe
Earth unnecessary.

FieldMonitor systems are nodes on a field bus network. The number

of networks supported by Flex network adapters is continually
expanding. Some examples are:
• ControlNet
• Remote I/O
• DeviceNet
• Profibus DP
• Modbus
• Interbus S
• Ethernet TCP/IP

Appendix F lists the Flex network adapters that have been tested with
the FieldMonitor system.

1-2
 Chapter 1 — System Description
FieldMonitor System Overview
PLC
HMI

A-B Flex I/O

Industrial Network

FieldMonitor
System using
the 1701/05
Terminal
Base FieldMonitor System for
Hazardous Areas using the
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base

Div 2 or safe
area

Div 1 or Zone 0/1

Hazardous Area

Selection, layout, installation, and configuration of the network is not

covered in this manual
Each FieldMonitor node consists of an Allen-Bradley or third party
Flex network adapter, a number of Flex modules depending on the
application, and the Bently Nevada FieldMonitor system.
There are two types of FieldMonitor systems that use different
terminal bases. Terminal bases are the mounting platform and wiring
termination point for the FieldMonitor system. The 1701/05 Terminal
Base (TB) is used for most applications that do not require intrinsic
safety and the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB) is used for
applications that do require intrinsic safety.
Each FieldMonitor Protection System consists of the following
components:
• a terminal base
• a power supply
• Keyphasor Module (optional). This is an internal Proximitor
module or a transducer I/O module interfacing to an external
Proximitor Sensor
• monitor modules
• transducer I/O modules

1-3
 FieldMonitor User Manual
• internal galvanically isolated safety barriers (only with the
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base)
• internal transducers

FieldMonitor Product Overview using the 1701/05 Terminal Base

Internal Proximitor or transducer I/O modules. One for each

monitor

Monitors, four places

Keyphasor Module. (Either an internal

Proximitor module or transducer I/O module

Power supply

Network adapter

1701/05 Terminal Base

1-4
 Chapter 1 — System Description

FieldMonitor Product Overview using the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base:

Internal Proximitor Sensors or transducer

I/O modules. (One for each monitor.)
Dual Galvanic Isolators. (One for each internal Proximitor or
transducer I/O.)
Keyphasor. (Isolator and internal
Proximitor or transducer I/O module)

Monitors, four places

Power Supply

1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base Network
Adapter

The network adapter manages communication between other devices

on the network and the 1701 modules installed in the 1701 terminal
base. The adapter communicates with the1701 modules over Flexbus,
the Flex I/O backplane bus. The four monitor slots are addressable by
Flexbus.

1-5
FieldMonitor User Manual

System The components of the FieldMonitor system are described in

the table below.
Components

Component Description
1701/01 Configuration Software for RSLogix5
1701/05 Terminal Base
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base
1701/10 24 Volt DC Power Supply
1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Radial Vibration
Thrust Position
1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity
Acceleration
170133 3300 series Internal 5 metre
Dual Proximitor 9 metre
Module 14 metre
170150 3300 NSv series Internal 7 metre
Dual Proximitor Module
170172 7200 series Internal 5 metre
Dual Proximitor Module 9 metre
170180-01 Dual Proximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module
170180-02 Dual Velocity I/O Module
170180-03 Dual Velomitor I/O Module
170180-04 Velomitor A & Velocity B I/O Module
170180-05 Dual -18 Volt Proximitor I/O Module
170190-01 Dual Galvanic Isolator

About Configuration Software

FieldMonitor configuration software is used to build the data tables
for the monitors and provides a convenient Windows user interface
where configuration choices are selected from menus and you can go
online to monitor values.
If you are using FieldMonitor configuration software then the
information in Chapter 7 and Appendices A, B, C, and D is for
reference only. If you cannot use FieldMonitor configuration software
then you will need to build the data table for each monitor using your
PLC software and the information in the manual sections mentioned
above.
Available FieldMonitor configuration software is:
Part Description
1701/01 FieldMonitor Configuration Software for
RSLogix5.
FieldMonitor Configuration Software for
1701/02
RSLogix5000.

1-6
 Chapter 1 — System Description

About the 1701/05 Terminal Base (TB) and the 1701/06

Isolator Terminal Base (ITB)

The 1701/05 Terminal Base is used for all applications where

transducers are installed in nonhazardous, Division 2, or Zone 2 areas.
The 1701/05 Terminal Base can also be used with external safety
barriers.
The 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB) is used for applications
where external transducers and internal proximity transducer systems
must be intrinsically safe. Intrinsic safety is accomplished using a
galvanically isolated safety barrier (isolator) that is installed directly
into the ITB.
The terminal bases provide:
• the mounting platform for the system
• slots for four monitors allowing 8 channels of vibration
monitoring
• slots for four transducer I/O modules or internal transducers. One
required for each monitor
• Keyphasor slot
• slot for the power supply
• slots for isolators (1701/06 ITB only)
• I/O terminations
• Flexbus connection
• 9 coaxial connectors for buffered dynamic signals from the 8
vibration channels and the Keyphasor output
• Dynamic connector for connecting the 8 vibration channels to a
“patch panel” for easy diagnostic access.

1-7
FieldMonitor User Manual

1701/05 Terminal Base, plan view with modules removed

Field wiring I/O
terminations. Slot Power Supply slot.
FieldMonitor
and channel are Machinery
marked on the base Management Interface
Module Slot

Buffered output signals. Keyphasor slot

Slot and channel are Monitor slots
Transducer I/O or
internal transducer
slots

1-8
 Chapter 1 — System Description

Intrinsically safe field 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base plan view with modules removed
wiring I/O terminations.
FieldMonitor Machinery
Slot and channel are
Management Interface
marked on the base Module Slot


 

Monitor slots
Transducer I/O or
Isolator slots Power
internal Keyphasor
transducer slots Supply slot
isolator slot

Keyphasor slot

Referring to the terminal base plan views:

• A single Keyphasor Transducer is supported by installing an
internal Proximitor or transducer I/O module in slot T1K. If you
are using the 1701/06 ITB then install an isolator in slot I1 also.
• If you are using the 1701/05 TB then install monitors and
transducer I/Os or internal transducers in pairs. Pairs are installed
in slots which have the same slot number, for example, a monitor
in slot 2 and the i/o or internal transducer in slot T2.
• If you are using the 1701/06 ITB then install monitors, transducer
I/Os or internal transducer, and isolators in sets. The set will have
the same slot number, for example monitor in slot 2, i/o or
internal transducer in slot T2 and the isolator in slot I2.
• Monitors install in slots 2, 3, 4, and 5
• Transducer I/Os and internal transducers used with monitors
install in slots T2, T3, T4, and T5
• Isolators install in the 1701/06 ITB only. Isolators used with
monitors install in slots I2, I3, I4, and I5 .
• Field wiring termination, buffered outputs, and the Keyphasor
output terminals are identified by slot number and channel, where
channels are identified as A or B.

1-9
FieldMonitor User Manual
• If an internal transducer module such as a dual Proximitor
module is used, connect the proximity probe cables to the
connectors on the top of the internal transducer module rather
than to the I/O terminals on the terminal base.

Connect FieldMonitor to Flexbus by using a direct connection or an

extender cable to connect to the network adapter as shown below.

Direct connection to the 1701/05 TB

Extender cable connection to the 1701/05 TB

Direct connection to the 1701/06 ITB Extender cable connection to the 1701/06 ITB

1-10
 Chapter 1 — System Description

About the Power Supply


   







Available power supplies are:

Part Description
1701/10 24 Volt DC Input

The power supply installs in the large slot in the terminal base. The
supply provides logic and transducer voltages to the FieldMonitor
system.

1-11
FieldMonitor User Manual

About Monitors

Monitor Type

Status LED
Serial Number Part Number

CE Mark

Monitors digitize the input, scale the signals into a range, check errors
and OK status, and process alarms. Communication between the
controller and the monitor consists of the controller sending
configuration and setpoints to the monitor and the monitor sending
vibration and status values to the controller. This communication
takes place first between the controller and the adapter via the
network or fieldbus and then between the adapter and the monitor via
Flexbus. The controller is the host for the vibration system. Vibration
parameters are displayed on the human machine interface (HMI) for
the controller.

1-12
 Chapter 1 — System Description

About Transducer I/O Modules

Module Type

Channel identifier
and type

Part Number

Serial Number

Wiring label
CE Mark

A transducer I/O module is a two channel module which interfaces

between a monitor and a transducer mounted at some other location.
Some I/O modules can be used with a family of transducer types,
while others must be used with a specific transducer.

1-13
FieldMonitor User Manual

About Internal Transducers

Channel identifier

• Part

Serial Number

CE Mark

An internal transducer is a transducer or sensor that installs directly

into the terminal base in place of a transducer I/O module, for
example, a dual channel internal Proximitor module.

About Internal Isolators

  



 


 



1-14
 Chapter 1 — System Description
Internal Isolators are dual galvanically isolated safety barriers that
plug into the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB). The isolator
supports two transducers and is used with internal Proximitor and
transducer i/o modules.

About Monitors, Transducer I/O Modules, Isolators,

 Modules
and Internal Proximitor
When you use the 1701/05 TB you must install monitors and
transducer I/O modules or internal Proximitor modules in pairs.
Monitors install in a numbered slot and the associated i/o or internal
Proximitor module installs in the adjacent slot with the same
number but preceded by a “T”. For example, a monitor in slot 2 has
its associated i/o in slot T2.
When you use the 1701/06 ITB you must install a monitor and its
associated i/o or internal Proximitor module and isolator in sets. The
monitor will install in a numbered slot, its associated i/o in the “T”
slot, and the associated isolator in the “I” slot. For example, a monitor
in slot 3 has its associated i/o in slot T3 and its associated isolator in
slot I3
A variety of different transducer I/O modules can be used with the
same type of monitor. The different i/o modules provide interfaces to
different transducer types but may be used with the same type of
monitor.
Available monitors are:
Part Monitor Monitor Type
Number
1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Radial Vibration
Thrust Position
1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity
Acceleration

The Proximitor Input Monitor is programmed as either a Radial

Vibration or a Thrust Position Monitor and the Seismic Input Monitor
is programmed as either a Velocity or Acceleration Monitor.
Configuration is described in Chapter 7.
You can use the 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor with any of the
transducer I/Os or internal transducers listed in the table below:

Application Alert:
Because 1701 monitors cannot detect what type of transducer I/O or
internal transducer is installed, check that the installed hardware matches
your programmed configuration.

1-15
FieldMonitor User Manual

Monitor I/O or internal I/O module or Application

transducer internal transducer
module module description
part number
170133-050-xx Internal Dual 3300 5 radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasor
metre Proximitor signals where the distance between the terminal
1701/15 Module base and the probe is 5 metres or less and the 5
Proximitor m system is good for both channels.
Input 170133-090-xx Internal Dual 3300 9 radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasor
Monitor metre Proximitor signals where the distance between the terminal
Module base and the probe is 9 metres or less and the 9
m system is good for both channels.
170133-140-xx Internal Dual 3300 14 radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasor
metre Proximitor signal where the distance between the terminal
Module base and the probe is 14 metres or less and the
14 m system is good for both channels.
Performance of extended length systems is more
sensitive to temperature extremes. If your
application will expose the probe and cable to
temperature extremes, then contact your Bently
Nevada representative.
170150-070-00 Internal Dual 3300 radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasor
NSv 7 metre signals where the distance between the terminal
Proximitor Module base and the probe is 7 metres or less and the
7m system is good for both channels.
170172-050-xx Internal Dual 7200 5 radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasor
metre Proximitor signal where the distance between the terminal
Module base and the probe is 5 metres or less and the 5
m system is good for both channels.
170172-090-xx Internal Dual 7200 9 radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasor
metre Proximitor signal where the distance between the terminal
Module base and the probe is 9 metres or less and the 9
m system is good for both channels.
170180-01-xx Dual radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasor
Proximitor/Accelero signal where you need to interface to external -
meter I/O Module 24 Volt Proximitor Sensors on both channels.
170180-05-xx Dual -18 Volt radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasor
Proximitor I/O signal where you need to interface to external -
Module 18 Volt Proximitor Sensors, such as the BNC
3000 series, on both channels.

Application Alert
Since 1701 monitors cannot detect what type of transducer I/O or internal
transducer is installed, check that the installed hardware matches your
programmed configuration.

You can use the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor with the transducer
I/Os listed below:
Monitor I/O Module Description Application
170180-01-xx Dual Use to interface to any –24 volt Bently
Proximitor/Acceleromet Nevada Acceleration Transducer Systems
1701/25 er I/O Module on both channels
Seismic Input 170180-02-xx Dual Velocity I/O Module Use to interface channels A and B to 2
Monitor wire Velocity transducers that require a 10
kΩ input impedance
170180-03-xx Dual Velomitor I/O Use to interface channels A and B to
Module Bently Nevada Velomitor  Sensors.

1-16
 Chapter 1 — System Description
Monitor I/O Module Description Application
170180-04-xx Velomitor A & Velocity Use to interface to a Velomitor Sensor
B I/O Module on Channel A and a two-wire, 10 kΩ load
Velocity transducer on Channel B.

The 170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator can be used with both seismic and
proximity based monitoring applications and can be used with either
transducer I/O modules or internal Proximitor modules.
You can use the 170190 isolator with the transducer I/O modules and
internal Proximitor modules shown below
Caution
Transducers used with the isolator must be approved for use in the
hazardous area. Failure to use approved transducers could result in
explosion.
Check the 1701/06 Installation Drawing for a list of approved transducers.

Isolator I/O or internal I/O module or internal Application

transducer transducer module
module description
part number
170180-01-05 Dual Use to interface to any –24 volt Bently
Proximitor/Acceleromet Nevada Acceleration Transducer Systems
170190-01 er I/O Module on both channels
Dual Galvanic 170180-02-05 Dual Velocity I/O Module Use to interface channels A and B to 2
Isolator wire Velocity transducers that require a 10
kΩ input impedance
170180-03-05 Dual Velomitor I/O Use to interface channels A and B to
Module Bently Nevada Velomitor  Sensors.
170180-04-05 Velomitor A & Velocity B Use to interface to a Velomitor Sensor
I/O Module on Channel A and a two-wire, 10 kΩ load
Velocity transducer on Channel B.
170133-050- Internal Dual 3300 5 radial vibration, axial position, or
05 metre Proximitor Keyphasor signals where the distance
Module between the terminal base and the probe
is 5 metres or less and the 5 m system is
good for both channels.
170133-090- Internal Dual 3300 9 radial vibration, axial position, or
05 metre Proximitor Keyphasor signals where the distance
Module between the terminal base and the probe
is 9 metres or less and the 9 m system is
good for both channels.
170133-140- Internal Dual 3300 14 radial vibration, axial position, or
05 metre Proximitor Keyphasor signal where the distance
Module between the terminal base and the probe
is 14 metres or less and the 14 m system
is good for both channels. Performance of
extended length systems is more sensitive
to temperature extremes. If your
application will expose the probe and
cable to temperature extremes, then
contact your Bently Nevada
representative.
170172-050- Internal Dual 7200 5 radial vibration, axial position, or
05 metre Proximitor Keyphasor signal where the distance
Module between the terminal base and the probe
is 5 metres or less and the 5 m system is
good for both channels.
1-17
FieldMonitor User Manual
Isolator I/O or internal I/O module or internal Application
transducer transducer module
module description
part number
170172-090- Internal Dual 7200 9 radial vibration, axial position, or
05 metre Proximitor Keyphasor signal where the distance
Module between the terminal base and the probe
is 9 metres or less and the 9 m system is
good for both channels.

Basics of Flexbus Flexbus is a master/slave serial bus where the adapter is the
master and modules are slaves. The adapter addresses, or
Communication selects, each module by activating a hardware select line that is
unique to that module. Each monitor is addressable by the
adapter which means there are four addressable slots, 2, 3, 4,
and 5, and that four Flex module select lines are pre-allocated
for use by the FieldMonitor system even if no modules are
installed.
The Slot Offset Switch located in the power supply slot on the
terminal base is used to re-map the Flex select lines. This switch
should be set to the off position.

1-18
 Chapter
Chapter 2

Receiving and Handling

Instructions
1701 modules, proximity probes, and extension cables are shipped
separately. These parts must be unpacked and assembled or
interconnected at the installation site.
Visually inspect each module for shipping damage when it is
unpacked. If shipping damage is apparent, file a claim with the carrier
and submit a copy to Bently Nevada Corporation. Include part
numbers and serial numbers on all correspondence.
Store the equipment in areas that will not be exposed to potentially
damaging corrosive atmosphere or high temperature. See the
specifications in Appendix E.
Application Handling and storing printed circuit boards is extremely critical.
Alert: Circuit boards contain devices that are susceptible to damage when
Although the 1701 exposed to electrostatic discharge. Take these precautions:
module connectors
and terminals have Do not discharge static electricity into the module connectors or onto
protection against circuit boards
electrostatic
discharge, take Transport and store circuit boards in electrically conductive bags or
reasonable foil
precautions to avoid
ESD when handling Use extra caution during dry weather. Relative humidity less than
the modules 30% will increase the level of risk to electrostatic discharge.
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

2-2
 Chapter
Chapter 3

Installation
In this chapter, we first discuss how to select and design the
enclosure for the FieldMonitor system as follows:
• European Union Directive Compliance
• Enclosure design considerations
• Hazardous area installation guidelines
• CE installations
We then tell how to install the FieldMonitor system:
• mounting the terminal base
• setting the slot offset switch
• connecting the Flex modules
• installing the power supply
• installing 1701 modules
• wiring
• Considerations when using external safety barriers

European Union The FieldMonitor system has the CE mark and is approved for
installation within the European Union and EEA regions and
Directive has been designed and tested to meet the following directives.
Compliance
EMC Directive
This product is tested to meet Council Directive 89/336/EEC
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the following standards, in
whole or in part, documented in a technical construction file:
• EN 50081-2EMC - Generic Emission Standard, Part 2 - Industrial
Environment
• EN 50082-2EMC - Generic Immunity Standard, Part 2 -
Industrial Environment

This product is intended for use in an industrial environment

Low Voltage Directive

This product meets Council Directive 73/23/EEC Low Voltage when
the 24 Vdc power source to the 1701/10 power supply is approved to
the Low Voltage Directive.
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Enclosure Design This section shows how to verify that the FieldMonitor system
will remain within its operating temperature when it is installed
Considerations inside an enclosure and provides guidelines to protect against
fluid ingression into the enclosure.

FieldMonitor Power Dissipation

Calculate the total power dissipated by a FieldMonitor system by
using these formulas:
Terminal Base Type Formula
1701/05 Terminal Base P170105 = [5.5 + 2.1 n] watts

1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base P170106 = [5.5 + 2.1 n + 4.2 m] watts

Where “n” is the number of monitor modules and “m” is the number
of isolator modules.
The initial dissipation of the power supply is 5.5 watts, dissipation of
a monitor is 2.1 watts, and dissipation of an isolator is 4.2 watts. The
internal Proximitor modules and I/O modules have very little effect
on total power dissipation and are not used in the power calculation.

Application Alert: Calculating the Temperature Rise in a Weather Proof

This section is only a Housing
guideline. Because an infinite The thermal rise from the inside of a weather proof housing to the
number of enclosure sizes,
shapes, materials, and outside of the housing, ∆TWPH, is affected by a number of variables.
installations can be used with The primary factors that effect ∆TWPH are the size of the enclosure,
the FieldMonitor system, you the power dissipated in the enclosure, the enclosure material, and
must ensure that the system is exposure to direct sunlight.
not exposed to temperatures
above or below its rating. ∆TWPH ):
To calculate temperature rise in a weather proof housing (∆
1. Determine the total power dissipated inside the enclosure PWPH.
The total power dissipation of the FieldMonitor system can be
calculated using equations from the previous subsection on
FieldMonitor Power Dissipation.
For example,
PWPH = P1701 + Power Dissipation of other equipment inside the same enclosure.

2. Calculate the surface area of the enclosure in square feet AWPH.

Include the area of all six sides.
Note: If the enclosure is mounted against a surface that does not
allow heat dissipation, subtract the area of that side from the total
surface area.

3-2
 Chapter 3 — Installation
3. Calculate temperature difference between outside and inside of
enclosure as shown in the example below. You will need to
determine the temperature co-efficient for your particular
Application Alert: housing. :
∆TWPH is an estimate of the
average temperature inside Empirical testing has shown that for a specific steel housing the
the enclosure. If no air temperature rise is a factor of approximately 2.5 °C per watt per
circulates inside the enclosure,
there will be a large square foot. Using this information ∆TWPH can be estimated with
temperature gradient between the following expression.
the bottom and the top of the
enclosure. 2.5 x PWPH
∆TWPH ≈
AWPH
where:
∆TWPH = Temperature difference
Application Alert: between outside and inside of
Direct sunlight will greatly
increase the temperature
enclosure in °C.
inside the enclosure. PWPH = Total power dissipated
within enclosure, in watts.
AWPH = Total area of all 6 sides of
enclosure, in square feet.

Enclosure Oil Wicking and Humidity Considerations

If proximity probes and their extension cable are located in
lubrication oil lines, then it is possible for oil to “wick”, or travel,
along the cable and eventually reach the Proximitor Sensor. Oil
contamination of the FieldMonitor system will reduce reliablility.
Eliminate or reduce oil wicking by using Bently Nevada Corporation
FluidLoc™ probe cables, putting drip loops in cables, or installing the
FieldMonitor above the probe installation points.
The FieldMonitor system and Flex I/O network adapters are rated for
non-condensing humidity. Type 4 or IP64 enclosures should be used
if the area will be exposed to moisture. In high ambient humidity
environments where condensation can occur inside enclosures you
should take appropriate design precautions, such as using a purged
housing.

Hazardous Area If you install the 1701 Monitoring System in a hazardous area,
you must label the system and determine if a housing is
Installations required.

FieldMonitor systems that operate in hazardous areas must be marked

Application Alert:
The FieldMonitor system is not
with a label that identifies the hazardous area, for example Div. 2 or
designed to operate in a Zone Zone 2.
1/Div. 1 hazardous area.
Install the 1701/05 Terminal Base using control drawing 139255 and
the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base using control drawing 141265

3-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Div. 2 Installations
As a minimum, a Type 4 enclosure is required to house a
FieldMonitor system that is installed in a Div. 2 area if the area has
the potential of being dirty or wet, such as outdoors or where hose-
down cleaning occurs.
If the equipment is installed inside a building that meets the
requirements of a Type 4 enclosure, no separate enclosure is required
because the building itself acts as the enclosure.

Zone 2 Installations
As a minimum, an IP54 enclosure is required to house a FieldMonitor
Application Alert:
Enclosures that house the
system that is installed in a Zone 2 area.
FieldMonitor systems cannot If the equipment is installed inside a building that meets the
be opened or worked on if
installed in a hazardous area
requirements of an IP54 enclosure, no separate enclosure is required
unless appropriate procedures because the building itself acts as the enclosure.
are followed.

CE Installations A 1701 terminal base with modules installed must be mounted

inside an Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) shielded area.
For high electromagnetic noise environments or CE
installation, the FieldMonitor system, EMI shielding enclosure,
and cables must be properly grounded to provide a ground path
for electromagnetic energy (see figures below). The shielding
enclosure must be metal and should have an EMI gasket.

3-4
 Chapter 3 — Installation

Typical Installation-1
(1701/05 Terminal Base using internal Proximitor  modules is shown.
Installation for a 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base is the same)

Probe extension
cables in EMI
EMI Shielding Enclosure conduit

EMI Shielded Area

Field wiring
cables must be
in EMI conduit

Typical Installation-2
(1701/05 Terminal Base using external transducers is shown. Installation for a
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base is the same)

EMI Shielding
Field wiring Enclosure
cables must be
in EMI conduit

Proximitor Sensor
or External
Transducer Interface

EMI Shielded Area

EMI Shielded Area

EMI Shielding
Enclosure Field wiring
cables must be in
EMI conduit

3-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Wiring
Install all wiring exiting the EMI shielding enclosure in EMI conduit
and terminate cable shields to the terminal base only.

Additional Notes
Larger scale factors are less susceptible to EMI than smaller scale
factors.
Larger full-scales are less susceptible to EMI than smaller full-scales.
Monitors with narrow bandwidth filter configurations are less
susceptible to EMI than monitors configured with wide bandwidth.
Shorter Alarm delay times may increase monitor susceptibility to
transient EMI.
Environments with higher levels of EMI than tested may cause
unpredictable monitor readings and may cause system malfunction.

3-6
 Chapter 3 — Installation

Mounting the Install the terminal base before inserting the modules.
Terminal Base

Mounting the 1701/05 Terminal Base

1. Choose your location to mount the terminal base, using the
following diagram as a guideline for mounting dimensions.

Mounting hole to
secure Allen-
Bradley
interconnect cable.
#6 machine screw

Terminal base mounting

holes (4 places), #8 machine
screws

3-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

2. To mount the 1701/05 TB drill and tap for the four #8 machine
screws. If using an Allen-Bradley interconnect cable between the
terminal base and other Flex modules, drill and tap for the #6
machine screw. See Connecting the Flex Modules in this chapter
for more on the interconnect cable.

#8 machine
screws
(4 places)

Mounting hole for #6

machine screw if using
A-B interconnect cable

3. Insert 4 # 8 machine screws into the terminal base mounting holes

and tighten screws to secure terminal base to surface where it is
being mounted. Typical mounting locations would be
• on a wall inside a building
• inside some type of enclosure. For Zone 2 or Div. 2 installations,
see the previous section on hazardous area installation
requirements.

3-8
 Chapter 3 — Installation

Mounting the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base

1. Choose the mounting location. Use the drawing below as a
guideline for mounting dimensions.

Mounting
hole to secure
Allen-Bradley
Terminal base interconnect
mounting holes, cable, #6
(6 places) machine
screw

3-9
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
2. Drill and tap for the six #10 machine screws. If you are using the
Allen-Bradley interconnect cable between the terminal base and
Flex modules, drill and tap for the #6 machine screw used to
fasten the interconnect cable.

3. Insert the screws and tighten.

Setting the Slot The slot offset switch on the terminal base must be set in the
OFF position.
Offset Switch

1. Locate the slot offset switch on the terminal base under the area
where the Power Supply will be inserted.

Slot Offset Switch

3-10
 Chapter 3 — Installation

2. Verify the switch is set to the OFF position. If it is not then set it
to the OFF position.

(OFF)

Connecting the Flex Follow the steps below to ensure that the Flex modules, such as
Flex I/O or Flex adapters, are properly connected to the 1701
Modules terminal base. Use these rules:
• Refer to the appropriate product manuals to answer any
question about installing Flex modules and operating the
Flex system, the network, or the host controller.
• Other Flex I/O modules that are not 1701 modules must be
installed between the Flex adapter and the 1701 terminal
base.
• The number of other Flex I/O modules that can be
connected with 1701 modules to an adapter is
8 - (the number of 1701 modules).
For example if you plan to connect four 1701 modules to an
adapter, you can install 4 other Flex I/O modules on the
same adapter.

Direct Connection between a Flex module and 1701

Terminal Base
1. Remove the cover plug (if used) on the male connector of the
Flex module that is to connect to the 1701 terminal base.
2. Check that the 16 pins in the male connector of the Flex module
are straight and in line so that the female connector on the 1701
terminal base will mate correctly.
3. Pull and hold the connector tab on the female Flexbus connector
on the 1701 TB (ITB) so that it is full retracted into the base.

3-11
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Connector tab

Female Flexbus
connector

Hook

If the terminal base is mounting over a DIN rail, perform steps 4-

7, otherwise skip steps 4-7.
4. Hook the rear side of the Flex module over the DIN rail while
engaging the “hook” on the 1701 base into the receptacle located

Hook

on the module.

5. Pull back on the Flex modules DIN clip and rotate the Flex
module down onto the DIN rail. Use caution to make sure that
the female Flexbus connector does not strike any of the pins in
the mating male connector.

3-12
 Chapter 3 — Installation

DIN clip

6. Secure the Flex module onto the DIN rail and snap the Flex
modules DIN clip into place. (The Flex module should now be
flush against the terminal base and secure on the rail.)

7. Verify alignment of the Flex module with the female Flex

connector on the terminal base.Gently push the female Flexbus
connector into the adjacent adapter male connector using the
connector tab to complete the Flexbus connections.

Interconnect Cable Connection between a Flex

Module and 1701 Terminal Base

1. Remove the cover plug (if used) in the male connector of the Flex
module that is to connect to the 1701 terminal base.
2. Check that the 16 pins in the male connector of the Flex module
are straight and in line so that the female connector on the
interconnect cable will mate correctly.
3. Gently push the female Flexbus connector on the interconnect
cable labeled OUTPUT into the Flex module male connector.

3-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
4. Gently push the female Flexbus connector on the other end of the
interconnect cable labeled INPUT into the male Flexbus
connector labeled FLEX on the 1701 terminal base.

Male Flexbus
connector
Flex adapter

A-B
interconnect
cable

#6 machine screw to
secure interconnect cable

5. Insert #6 screws into the mounting holes on the interconnect

cable. Tighten screws to secure cable to the surface where it is
being mounted.

3-14
 Chapter 3 — Installation

Installing the Power Before you install the power supply, set the slot offset switch
off and attach the Flex modules.
Supply

1. Verify connector alignment and insert power supply into 1701

terminal base.

2. Tighten screws. (Inserting the power supply locks the Flexbus

connectors together. Make sure the connector tab is pushed into
the adapters connector.)

3-15
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Installing 1701 Although different types of 1701 modules install in the terminal
base, the installation method is similar for each type
Modules
Use these rules:
• If you are using a 1701/05 TB then install monitors and
transducer I/Os or internal Proximitor modules in pairs. Pairs
install in adjacent slots with the same slot number, for example 2
and T2. For a list of which I/Os and internal transducers work
with which monitors see “About Monitors, Transducer I/O
Modules, Isolators and Internal Proximitor Modules” in Chapter
1.
• If you are using a 1701/06 ITB then install monitors,transducer
I/Os or internal Proximitor modules, and isolators in a set. Sets
install in slots with the same number, for example a monitor in
slot 2, its i/o or internal Proximitor module in slot T2, and the
isolator in slot I2. For a list of which I/Os and internal
Proximitors work with the isolator see “About Monitors,
Transducer I/O Modules, Isolators and Internal Proximitor
Modules” in Chapter 1.
• Install a transducer I/O module or internal Proximitor module in
slot T1K to use as a Keyphasor.
• Slot 1K is reserved. Do not install a monitor in this slot.
• Install monitors so that empty slots are contiguous and at the
opposite end from the power supply. For example if three
monitors are installed, they should be in slots 2, 3, and 4.
• Monitors, transducer I/O modules, internal Proximitor modules,
and isolators are dual channel devices.
• Use this table to determine where to install the modules.

Module Type Install in slots

Monitors 2, 3, 4, 5
Transducer I/O modules T2, T3, T4, T5
Internal dual Proximitor modules T2, T3, T4, T5
Internal Isolators (1701/06 ITB required) I2, I3, I4, I5
Keyphasor (transducer I/O module or T1K
internal Proximitor module)
FieldMonitor Management Interface 1K
Module
Internal Isolator for the Keyphasor I1
(1701/06 ITB required)

3-16
 Chapter 3 — Installation

Installing Modules
Application Alert: To install a 1701 module onto the terminal base:
Since 1701 monitors cannot 1. If you are using a 1701/05 Terminal Base remove the temporary
detect what type of transducer retaining screws from slot 3.
I/O or internal transducer is
installed, be sure that the 2. Remove the protective cover if installed.
installed hardware matches
your programmed
configuration. Temporary
retaining screws

3. Align the connector and the captive screws and then insert the
module into the base.

1701/05 TB
1701/06 ITB

3-17
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
4. Tighten screws.

Wiring Field wiring diagrams are in Appendix G and Appendix H. This

section provides orientation and basic information.

External transducer wiring

Connect external transducers such as velocity, acceleration, and
Proximitor Sensors using the screw terminal blocks located on the
1701 terminal base. Each slot has its own terminal block and the slot
number and channel is marked on the base adjacent to the terminal
block.

Terminal wiring
Top view
of terminal

3-18
 Chapter 3 — Installation
Terminal assignments for the various I/O modules.
Type of I/O Module Terminal Number
Channel A | Channel B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
170180-01 Dual
/
Proximitor -24 Signal Common Shield -24 Signal Common Shield
Accelerometer I/O Module VDC VDC

170180-02 Dual Velocity

I/O Module Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield

170180-03 Dual
 I/O Module
Velomitor Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield

170180-04 Velomitor A &

Velocity B I/O Module Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield

170180-05 Dual -18 Volt

 I/O Module
Proximitor -18 Signal Common Shield -18 Signal Common Shield
VDC VDC

Internal Transducer Wiring

Connect internal transducers such as an internal Proximitor module
directly to the appropriate transducer cable. This connection is made
from the connectors on the top of the internal transducer module
labeled channel A and B.

Channel A Transducer
cable

Channel B

Routing the Proximity Transducer System Extension

Cable and Field Wiring
Route the extension cable using the following guidelines. (Refer to
document AN028).
3-19
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Check that the sum of the extension cable and probe lead length
equals the Proximitor Sensor or Module system length. For
example, a 3300 XL NSv 7 metre Proximitor Sensor will work
with a 3300 NSv 6 metre extension cable and a 3300 NSv 1 metre
probe. The color code of all post-3300 series components must also
be consistent. For the 3300 XL series, components will be marked
with a blue color code. For the 3300 NSv series, components will
be marked with a gray color code.
Secure the extension cable to supporting surfaces by using mounting
clips or similar devices.
Identify the probe and both ends of the extension cable by inserting
labels under the clear Teflon® sleeves and applying heat to shrink the
tubing.
Join the coax connectors between the Proximitor Sensor or Module,
extension cable and probe lead. Tighten connectors to finger tight.
Use either a connector protector or self-fusing silicone tape to protect
the connection between the probe lead and the extension cable. Do
not use self-fusing silicone tape to insulate a connection made
inside of a machine.
If the probe is in a part of the machine that is under pressure or
vacuum, seal the hole where the extension cable leaves the machine
by using appropriate cable seals and terminal boxes.

Power and earth connections

Connect the instrument earth ground post to instrument earth.
Connect the FieldMonitor system to power using the screw terminal
blocks located on the 1701 terminal base next to the power supply.
The positive terminal connects to +24Vdc, and the negative terminal
connects to common.

Instrument earth
ground post

1701/05
Terminal Base

+24Vdc
power supply

+24Vdc Power
terminals

3-20
 Chapter 3 — Installation
The 1701/06 ITB has an additional earth connection. Hazardous area
earth (HAE) must connect to the HAE post as shown in the figure
below. See drawing 141265 in Appendix H.
Safe side instrument
earth

1701/06 ITB

+24 Vdc Power terminals Hazardous side earth

Dynamic connector wiring

Use the signals from the dynamic connector to connect FieldMonitor
systems to a patch panel which provides access to the buffered signals
from a central location.

1701/06 ITB

   


1701/05 TB

3-21
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Dynamic Connector Pin Pin Description
Number
1 System Common
2 No Connection (NC)
3 NC
4 NC
5 NC
6 Monitor 2 Common
7 Monitor 2 Channel A Buffered Output
8 NC
9 NC
10 Monitor 4 Common
11 Monitor 4 Channel A Buffered Output
12 NC
13 NC
14 Monitor 2 Channel B Buffered Output
15 NC
16 Monitor 3 Channel B Buffered Output
17 Monitor 3 Common
18 Monitor 3 Channel A Buffered Output
19 NC
20 NC
21 Monitor 4 Channel B Buffered Output
22 NC
23 Monitor 5 Channel B Buffered Output
24 Monitor 5 Common
25 Monitor 5 Channel A Buffered Output

External Safety The 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base with internal galvanically
isolated safety barriers is recommended for applications that
Barrier require locating transducers in Zone 1,0 or Division 1
Considerations hazardous areas. However, you can use external safety barriers
with the 1701/05 terminal base system.
If you plan to use external zener barriers, you need to address
the following issues:
• The FieldMonitor system does not support zener barriers with
Seismoprobes or 2-wire, 10 kΩ impedance velocity sensors.
• If you use zener barriers with external Proximitor Sensors or
Acceleration sensors, you must program your monitors with a
transducer scale factor that compensates for the signal attenuation
caused by the barrier resistance and the monitor input impedance.

Example
The input impedance for the 1701/15 and 1701/25 monitors is 10
kΩ.
The signal path resistance of a MTL 796(-) zener barrier is 435 Ω
end to end.

The attenuation caused by the voltage divider is:

3-22
 Chapter 3 — Installation
10,000
= 0.958
10,000 + 435

Therefore the transducer scale factor is reduced by 4.2% so the

configured scale factor should be reduced by 4.2%.

• When zener barriers are used with the FieldMonitor system using
the 1701/05 TB connect the instrument earth post to intrinsically
safe earth.

3-23
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-24
 Chapter
Chapter 4

How Communication Takes Place

In this chapter, you will learn about:
• communication over the Flex I/O backplane between the
adapter and Flex I/O modules (such as 1701 monitors)
• structure of the I/O data table

Communication One adapter can interface with up to eight Flex I/O modules,
forming a Flex I/O system of up to eight slots (0 to 7). In the
Over the Flex I/O case where there is the maximum of four 1701 monitors in a
Backplane 1701/05 Terminal Base, there is room for four other Flex I/O
modules, making a total of eight Flex I/O modules that the
adapter can interface with.
The adapter communicates to other network system
components (controllers, scanners) over the network. The
adapter communicates with its I/O modules over the backplane.
Each 1701 monitor is considered one I/O module to the
controller. Thus, a 1701/05 Terminal Base with 3 monitors
installed would appear to the adapter as 3 I/O modules. In this
case, up to 5 other Flex I/O modules could co-reside with the
FieldMonitor system using the same adapter.

I/O Module I/O Module I/O Module

Inputs Inputs Inputs

Adapter Read
Network to
Controller Status Status Status

Outputs Outputs Outputs

Write (none in 1701) (none in 1701) (none in 1701)
Configuration Configuration Configuration

Slot 0 Slot 1 Slot 7

Each 1701 monitor has its own I/O data table. The I/O data table for
each monitor is divided into read and write words. Read words
consist of input and status words that the controller reads from the
1701 monitor. Write words consist of output (none in 1701), and
configuration words written to the 1701 monitor by the controller.
All of the 1701 modules with data tables (1701/15 and 1701/25
monitors) have 6 read words (1 module status word + 5 input words)
and 10 write words.
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

I/O Structure The I/O data table is the memory map of all the data that can be
read from or written to a particular monitor of the FieldMonitor
system. The table below gives an overview of the I/O data
table structure.
Refer to Appendix A, B, C, or D, for the I/O Data Table mapping of
specific monitor types. Chapter 7, Configuration Options and I/O
Data Tables, describes the configuration options and the fields in the
data tables.
1701 Monitor I/O Data Table Structure
Word Communication Data Type
Direction
Word 0 Module Status
Word 1
Word 2 Inputs
Word 3 Read
Word 4
Word 5 Status
Word 6
Word 7
Word 8
Word 9
Word 10 Write Configuration
Word 11
Word 12
Word 13
Word 14
Word 15

Each slot with a monitor installed has its own unique I/O data table,
structured as shown above. However, the way that communication
takes place between the I/O modules and the adapter is by grouping
all the inputs and outputs for all the I/O modules attached to a single
adapter.
The first word of input data received by the adapter is the Module
Status Word. The next input data received is the input data for each
slot, in the order of the installed I/O modules. The Input data for Slot
0 is first after the Module Status Word, followed by Input data for
Slot 1 (referenced by a different I/O data table), and so on up to slot 7.
Output data (not applicable for 1701) and configuration data from the
I/O modules is received by the adapter in the order of the installed I/O
modules. For example, data from slot 0 is received first, then data
from slot 1 (referenced by a different I/O data table), and so on up to
slot 7.

4-2
 Chapter
Chapter 5

Programming the Module when using a Remote I/O

Adapter
In this chapter, for the remote I/O adapter, we describe:
• how to program a 1701 monitor
• how configuration is sent to the monitor

Programming a Block transfer programming lets you set up the communication

between the controller and the monitor so that the controller can
Monitor with Ladder write configuration to the monitor and read data and status from
Logic the monitor.
A configuration Block Transfer Write (BTW) is initiated whenever
power is cycled on the entire remote chassis containing the
FieldMonitor system, during the first scan of the ladder logic, and
when the programmer wants to enable or disable features of the
monitor by changing the configuration data and toggling the Block
Transfer Write configure bit. The configuration BTW sets the bits
which enable the programmable features of the monitor, such as
alarming options, full scale ranges, etc.
Block Transfer Reads are performed to retrieve information from the
monitor. Block Transfer Read (BTR) programming moves status and
data from the monitor to the controller’s data table. The program in
the controller initiates the request to transfer data from the monitor to
the processor. The transferred words contain monitor vibration data
and status information.
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Example ladder logic program to write configuration
to and read data and status from a 1701 Monitor

Note that the ladder logic above is for one monitor module only.
Similar ladder logic must be written for each monitor being used in
your FieldMonitor systems.
Also note that the above ladder logic is for illustrative purposes only
and should not be copied exactly, as every application is slightly
different.

How Configuration The monitor is configured using a group of data table words
that are transferred to the monitor using a block transfer write
is Sent to the instruction. See Chapter 7, Monitor Configuration and I/O
Monitor Data Tables and Appendix A, B, C, and D, I/O Data Tables.

5-2
 Chapter
Chapter 6

Programming the Module when

using a ControlNet Adapter
In this chapter, for the ControlNet Adapter, we describe:
• how to program the monitor using RSLogix5 and RSNetworx for ControlNet Software
• how configuration is sent to the monitor

Programming the RSNetworx Software lets you set up the network communication
between the control device and the monitor so that the control device
monitor using can write configuration to the monitor and read data and status from
RSNetworx and the monitor. The RSNetworx Map Editing Tool allows designation of
RSLogix5 Software the data table addresses that will be used to store the configuration
data and receive the vibration data and status information.
RSLogix5 lets you enter configuration data values into the data table
addresses associated with the monitors, view vibration data and status
information from the monitors and manipulate data based on ladder
logic conditions.
The ControlNet protocol handles configuration writes and data / status
reads in the scheduled network bandwidth. For more information on
the ControlNet system and how it handles communication, refer to the
user manuals for the most current releases of the RSNetworx and
RSLogix5 software.

How Configuration is A 1701 monitor is configured using a group of data table words
that can be transferred to the monitor using RSNetworx for
Sent to the Monitor ControlNet software and the ControlNet protocol. The
configuration is sent to the monitors whenever power is cycled
on the entire remote chassis containing the FieldMonitor
system. The configuration can also be sent using other
methods. See the RSNetworx and/or ControlNet protocol
documentation for more information. See also Chapter 7,
Monitor Configuration and I/O Data Tables and Appendix A,
B, C, and D, I/O Data Tables for more information on the
FieldMonitor system.
FieldMonitor™ User Guide

6-2
 Chapter
Chapter 7

Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables

The I/O data table is the memory map of data that can be read from or
written to the modules in a FieldMonitor system. This chapter
describes this data and appendix A, B, C, and D list the location and
settings of the individual bits in each word. The data descriptions in
this chapter are listed by monitor type.
Configuration Option Bit settings
Descriptions
Monitor type Page number Page Number
1701/15 Radial Vibration 7-2 Appendix A
1701/15 Thrust Position 7-11 Appendix B
1701/25 Velocity Input 7-19 Appendix C
1701/25 Acceleration Input 7-27 Appendix D

Data Table Structure

Word Communication Data Type
Direction
Word 0 Module Status
Word 1
Word 2 Inputs
Word 3 Read
Word 4
Word 5 Status
Word 6
Word 7
Word 8
Word 9
Word 10 Write Configuration
Word 11
Word 12
Word 13
Word 14
Word 15 Control write word

The read portion of the table (words 1 to 5) contains the static and
status data available from the 1701 modules. The write portion of the
table (words 6 to 15) contains configuration and operating
information used by 1701 modules.

Configuring and Programming a FieldMonitor System

1701 monitors do not detect the kind of transducer I/O modules
installed in the system or the type of transducers connected to the I/O
modules. The FieldMonitor system cannot operate until this
information and the operating parameters for the monitors are
downloaded to the system. The process of collecting and then
downloading this data to the FieldMonitor system is called
configuration. The process of changing operating parameters during
operation is called programming the monitors.
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
To configure or program a FieldMonitor system, use this chapter to
determine the configuration settings for the monitors in your system,
and then configure or program your system by using configuration
software or block transfers.
If you have FieldMonitor Configuration Software for RSLogix5
installed on your contoller, use this software to configure or program
your FieldMonitor system (see chapter 6). If you do not have
programming software installed on your controller, use appendix A,
B, C, or D to identify the bit settings in the write words (word 6
through 15) in the data table and then load the correct bits for your
desired configuration by using block transfers (see chapter 5).

Radial Vibration Program the 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor as a Radial

Vibration Monitor or a Thrust Position Monitor using the Monitor
Type 1701/15
Type configuration field in the data table. This section describes the
 Input
Proximitor configuration options for Radial Vibration. See Appendix A for the
Monitor data table structure and bit field codes.
The two channels in a radial vibration monitor provide the following
data:
Static Data Status Data
Direct (overall) proportional values Monitor status
Gap voltage Timed OK Channel Defeat setting
Channel ON/OFF
Alert alarm status
Danger alarm status
Trip Multiply status
Channel inhibit status

Channels in a radial vibration monitor use the following configuration

parameters:
Transducer Alarm Settings Operating parameters
Configuration
Transducer type Alert alarm time delay Monitor reset
Transducer Scale factor Danger alarm time Barrier type
Full scale range delay Set configuration
Under and over alert Monitor type
gap setpoint Channel ON/OFF
Direct Alert setpoint Trip Multiply Level
Direct Danger setpoint Setting
Trip Multiply enable and
disable
Channel inhibit
High-pass and low pass
corner frequencies

7-2
 Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

Option Incompatibilities
Caution Compatibility Table Description Page
Not all combinations of Number
parameters are compatible Transducer Type vs. Shows allowable scale A-5
with one another. Before Scale Factor factors for different
transducer types.
setting any of the following Transducer Type vs. Full Shows allowable full scale A-11
configuration parameters, Scale Range vs. Trip ranges and trip multiply
refer to the compatibility Multiply for Barrier options for different
tables in Appendix A Options transducer types and barriers.
Radial Vibration Shows what transducers are A-14
Transducer OK Limits allowed with what barrier
vs.Transducer Type vs. options based on whether
Barrier Options any OK limits are shown.

7-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Radial Vibration Monitor Type
Direct Proportional Values
Location Words 1 and 3
Application Direct proportional values for channel A or B are the overall peak to peak
vibration signal proportionally scaled to the full scale reading.
Functional Description The direct proportional value for channel A or B is an unsigned number
placed in a 16-bit word where 1000 counts (0x3E8) is 100% of full scale,
2000 counts (0x7D0) is 200% of full scale, and 3000 counts (0xBB8) is
300% of full scale.

Engineering Direct value

Units Counts

Full Scale 1000 counts

Bottom Scale 0 counts

Percentage of full scale = (0.1)(Counts)

Engineering units = ((Percentage of full scale)/100) x (Full

scale range maximum value)

Example 1:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 1000 counts (0x3E8) configured for a full scale
range of 0 - 5 mils.

% of full scale = (0.1)(1000)

= 100 % of full scale

Engineering units = (100/100)x(5 mils)

= 5 mils
Example 2:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 500 counts (0x1F4)
configured for a full scale range of 0 to 150 µm

% of full scale = (0.1)(500)

= 50% of full scale

Engineering units = (50/100)x(150 µm)

= 75µm
Example 3:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 2500 (0x9C4), configured for a full scale range
of 0 to 10 mils.

% of full scale = (0.1)(2500)

= 250% of full scale

7-4
Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
Direct Proportional Values
Engineering units = (250/100)x(10 mils)
= 25 mils

Gap Proportional Values

Location Words 2 and 4
Application Gap is the proportionally scaled dc voltage value. It is the negative dc
output signal of a proximity probe that is proportional to the distance
between the face of the probe tip and the observed surface.
Functional Description The gap voltage value for channel A or B is a signed integer placed in a 16-
bit word, between 0 and -24,000 (0xA240) proportionally scaled to the 0 to -
24 volts gap range.

Engineering Gap value

Units Counts

-24 Volts -24,000 counts

0 Volts 0 counts

To convert counts to Volts:

Gap Voltage = Counts/1000

Example 1:
Gap voltage for a reading of -9000 counts (0xDCD8).
Gap Voltage = (-9000)/1000
= -9 Volts

7-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Radial Vibration Monitor Type
Monitor Status
Location Word 5, bits 15 to 12
Application Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels.
Functional Description During normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every
read. If the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the
channels are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no
further check is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take
appropriate action.
The following diagnostic conditions are returned by the monitor:
Monitor Statuses
Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING)
Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK
Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK
Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK
Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B
Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B
Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B
Hardware fault (NO ALARMING)
Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK,

Timed OK Channel Defeat

Location Read Status = Word 5, bits 11 and 10
Application Holds a channel in the not OK state for a fixed time after the channel
transitions from not OK to OK. This function can provide protection against
false alarms caused by intermittent field wiring.

For 1701/15 Radial Vibration monitors, Timed OK Channel Defeat is always

enabled.
Functional Description When a channel returns to the OK state from a not OK state, the monitor will
continue to hold the channel in the not OK state until the channel has been
OK continuously for 30 seconds. During the time delay the channel will
continue to return proportional values but it will not process alarms. The
monitor will not alarm from an initial Not OK state.

If the Read Status bit for Timed OK Channel Defeat is true or enabled, the
Timed OK Channel Defeat function has been enabled in the configuration.

Channel On and Off

Location Read status = Word 5, bits 9 and 8
Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 9 and 8
Application Take a channel out of service.
Functional Description
Alarms If a channel is off, no alarms are returned.

Proportional Values If a channel is off an invalid proportional value of –32,768 is returned

(0x8000).

Monitor Status If a channel is off,

Channel OFF is returned in the monitor read status word
Channel OK is returned in the read status word

Relation to other The off channel will not respond to other channel-based controls or
functions configuration parameters.

LED A monitor with both channels off will have a steady green LED.

7-6
Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

Channel Alarm Status

Location Word 5
Bit number Channel Alarm type
7 A Alert
6 A Danger
5 B Alert
4 B Danger
Application An alarm setpoint is the level of vibration that causes the alarm status for the
channel to go active. The Channel Alarm Status bit is true when the alarm
level is exceeded for the Alarm Time Delay.
Functional Description Radial vibration monitors have two levels of alarm – Alert and Danger.
Danger is the more serious alarm level.

During monitor operation if the Direct proportional value is greater than the
setpoint for the period of time selected by the Alarm Time Delay then the
monitor will set the appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitor’s Read
Status Word 5.

Appendix A shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpoint
fields in the Channel Setpoints description.

Trip Multiply
Location Function Word and bit number
Channel A Channel B
read status Word 5, bit 3 Word 5, bit 2
enable or Word 15, bit 3 Word 15, bit 2
disable
set TM level Word 15, bit 7 & 6 Word 15, bit 5 & 4

Application Multiplies the alarm setpoint levels on the selected channel by the Trip
Multiply level.
Functional Description
Alarms An alarm will clear if an alarm is active prior to enabling Trip Multiply and if
the multiplied setpoint is above the vibration level.

Proportional Values The channel proportional values will continue to be reported in percent of full
scale with a dynamic range of 300% of the full-scale range and resolution of
0.1% of full-scale range.

Monitor Status A channel with Trip Multiply active will return active in the monitor status
word.

Relation to other Channel inhibit and channel on and off can be applied while Trip Multiply is
functions enabled.

LED No effect.

Channel Inhibit
Location Read status = Word 5, bits 1 and 0
Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 1 and 0
Application Prevent alarms and clear existing alarms on a channel basis while allowing
continued reporting of proportional values.
Functional Description
Alarms Alarms will not be annunciated for a channel with Channel Inhibit active.
Alarms that exist before Channel Inhibit is active are cleared.
If an alarm is active when Channel Inhibit goes inactive, that alarm will be
annunciated after the programmed time delay.

7-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Radial Vibration Monitor Type

Proportional Values Proportional values continue to be reported with Channel Inhibit active.

Monitor Status A channel with Channel Inhibit active will return active in the monitor read
status word.

Relation to other For a channel with Channel Inhibit active…

functions a not OK channel will continue to report proportional values
Trip multiply can be enabled
a channel can be turned on or off

LED Remains green and steady if no other conditions exist.

Transducer Type
Location Words 6 and 7, bits 15 to 12
Application It is important to select the transducer type that matches the transducers
connected to each channel. If you use external zener barriers, determine
the effect on the scale factor and configure the correct scale factor.
Functional Description Transducers that are supported by the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor:
Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mm
Internal 7200 series 8mm or 5mm
External 3300 series or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes
330800 PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
External 7200 series 11 mm
External 7200 series 14 mm
External -18 Volt 3000 series
External 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL NSv
Internal 3300 NSv

Transducer Scale Factor

Location Words 6 and 7, bits 11 to 0
Application The transducer scale factor is used by the monitor to calculate the Direct
proportional value.
Functional Description Scale factor is set by loading a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer in the
channels scale factor field in the data table. The adjustment range for
transducer scale factor is ±15% around the nominal scale factor. The actual
value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale
factor.

Full Scale Range

Location Words 8 and 9, bits 15 to 12
Application Full scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional
value. Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.
Functional Description The Radial Vibration Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor supports the
following Full-scale ranges:
0 - 3 mils
0 - 5 mils
0 - 10 mils
0 - 15 mils
0 - 20 mils
0 - 100 um
0 - 125 um
0 - 150 um
0 - 200 um
0 - 250 um
0 - 300 um
0 - 400 um
0 - 500 um

7-8
Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
See Proportional Values description for scaling example.

Gap Alarm Setpoint (Over and Under Alert)

Location Words 8 and 9, bits 7 to 0, Word 10
Application Gap Alarm Setpoints are Alert level setpoints that can be set to flag when
the gap value goes over or under a certain level.
Functional Description An over or under gap alarm will occur if the gap value goes over the over
setpoint or under the under setpoint. Gap Alarm Setpoints can be set
anywhere within the gap range of 0 to 240 counts proportional to 0 to -24
Volts.

To convert the desired Gap Alarm Setpoint in Volts to Counts use this
equation:

Gap Alarm Counts = |(Gap Alarm Volts)(10counts/Volt)|

Example 1:
Set the gap alert over setpoint to -15 Volts:

Gap alarm counts = |(-15 Volts)(10 counts/Volt)

= 150 (or 0x96)

Example 2:
Set the gap Alert under setpoint to -4 Volts:

Gap alarm counts = |(-4 Volts)(10 counts/Volt)|

= 40 (or 0x28)

See Appendix A for other examples

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)

Location Word 11, and 12
Application Direct Alarm Setpoints are Alert or Danger level setpoints that can be set to
flag if the direct value goes over the Alert (first-level) Alarm level or Danger
(second-level) Alarm level.
Functional Description To set alarm setpoints (Alert or Danger), load the setpoint field with an
unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. A setpoint
of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale and 0 corresponds to bottom scale.
The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full-scale range.

To convert the desired Direct Alarm Setpoint in engineering units to Counts

use this equation:

Direct Alarm Counts =

(Direct Alarm Setpoint in Engineering Units) x
(200 counts/full scale range)

Example 1:
I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 7 mils where the full scale range is 0 to
10 mils. How do I convert this 7 mils to counts so I can configure the
setpoint?

Direct alarm counts = (7 mils)(200 counts/10 mils))

= 140 counts (or 0x8C )

Example 2:
Convert a desired direct Danger over setpoint of 200 µm to counts for a full
scale range of 0 to 300 µm.

Direct alarm counts = (200 µm)(200 counts/300 µm)

7-9
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Radial Vibration Monitor Type
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)
= 133 counts (or 0x85)

See Appendix A for other examples.

High and Low Pass Corner Frequency

Location Word 13
Application Set up desired filter corners for direct proportional values.
Functional Description The combined high pass and low pass filters set up the desired band-pass
filter for the direct proportional values for your specific application. High and
low pass corner frequency options are:
High Pass Corner Freq, Hz Low Pass Corner Freq, Hz
4 4000
1 600

Alarm Time Delay

Location Word 14
Application The alarm time delay prevents intermittent signals on channel A or B that
are not related to machine condition from causing alarm.
Functional Description The amount of time that the signal for a channel must exceed the alarm
setpoint before the alarm status bit is set to true. Alarm time delay options
are:
0.15 seconds
0.20 seconds
0.30 seconds
0.50 seconds
0.60 seconds
1.00 seconds
2.00 seconds
3.00 seconds
5.00 seconds
6.00 seconds
10.00 seconds
20.00 seconds

Monitor Reset
Location Word 15, bit 15
Application Always set low (0).
Functional Description If this bit is set to 1, the monitor may not operate correctly.

Barrier Configuration
Location Word 15, bits 14 and 13
Application Configure the type of safety barrier used with the monitor. If you use
external zener barriers, set the transducer scale factor to compensate for
attenuation due to the barrier.
Functional Description The setting for safety barrier applies to both channels. Barrier options are:
None
Internal Galvanic Isolator
External Zener Barrier
External Galvanic Isolator

Set Configuration Flag

Location Word 15, bit 12
Application Always set high (1).

7-10
Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
Functional Description If this bit is set to 0, the monitor will not operate.

Monitor Type
Location Word 15, bits 11 and 10
Application Must be set to match the monitor type being used.
Functional Description Set bits 11 and 10 of word 15 for Radial Vibration Type 1701/15
Proximitor Input Monitor

Channel On/Off, Trip Multiply, and Channel Inhibit are described

above in the read status word 5 descriptions.

Thrust Position Program the 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor as a Radial

Type 1701/15 Vibration Monitor or a Thrust Position Monitor using the Monitor
Type configuration field in the data table. This section describes the
 Input
Proximitor configuration options for Thrust Position. See Appendix B for the
Monitor data table structure and bit field codes.

The two channels in a thrust position monitor provide the following

data:
Static data Status Data
Direct proportional values Monitor status
Gap voltage Channel ON/OFF
Alert alarm status
Danger alarm status
Upscale direction setting
Channel inhibit status
Channels in a thrust position monitor use the following configuration
parameters:
Transducer Alarm Settings Operating parameters
Configuration
Transducer type Alert alarm time delay Monitor reset
Transducer Scale factor Danger alarm time Barrier type
Full scale range delay Set configuration
Direct Alert setpoint Monitor type
Direct Danger setpoint Channel ON/OFF
Channel inhibit
Upscale thrust direction
Zero Position Voltage

Application Alert: Option Incompatibilities

Not all combinations of Compatibility Table Description Page
parameters are compatible Number
with one another. Before Transducer Type vs. Shows allowable scale B-5
setting any of the following Scale Factor factors for different
configuration parameters, refer transducer types.
to the compatibility tables in Transducer Type vs. Full Shows allowable full scale B-7
Appendix B. Scale Range vs. Zero ranges and zero position
Position Voltage for voltages for different
Barrier Options transducer types and barrier
options.
Thrust Position Shows what transducers are B-13
Transducer OK Limits vs. allowed with what barrier
Transducer Type vs. options based on whether
Barrier Options any OK limits are shown.

7-11
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Thrust Position Monitor Type
Direct Proportional Values
Location Words 1 and 3
Application Direct is the distance toward or away from the zero position value and is
proportionally scaled to the full-scale range.
Functional Description The direct proportional value for channel A or B is a signed number placed
in a 16 bit word where 1000 counts are used across the full scale range. If
the zero position is set at midscale, full scale in the upscale direction is 500
counts (0x01F4), and full scale in the downscale direction is -500 counts
(0xFE0C).
Engineering Direct value
Units Counts

Full Up Scale 500 counts

Zero
Position 0 counts

Full Bottom -500 counts

Scale
Engineering units = ((Counts)/500) x
(Full top/bottom scale engineering units)

Example 1:
Calculate the engineering units for the direct proportional value output of
500 counts (0x1F4) configured for a full scale range of 25 - 0 - 25 mils.
Engineering Direct value
Units Counts

25 mils Top Scale 500 Counts

Zero
Position 0 counts

25 mils -500 counts

Bottom Scale

Engineering units = (500/500)x(25 mils)

= 25 mils (upscale because positive)

7-12
Thrust Position Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

Example 2:
Calculate the engineering units for the direct proportional value output of -
200 counts (0xFF38) configured for a full-scale range of 0.600 - 0 - 0.600
mm.
Engineering Direct value
Units Counts

0.600 mm Top Scale 500 Counts

Zero
Position 0 counts

0.600 mm -500 counts

Bottom Scale

Engineering units = (-200/500)x(0.600 mm)

= -0.240 mm (downscale because negative)

7-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Thrust Position Monitor Type
Gap Values
Location Words 2 and 4
Application Gap is the proportionally scaled DC voltage value. It is the negative dc
output signal of a proximity probe that is proportional to the distance
between the face of the probe tip and the observed surface.
Functional Description The gap voltage value for channel A or B is a signed integer placed in a 16-
bit word, between 0 and -24,000 (0xA240) proportionally scaled to the 0 to -
24 Volts gap range.

Engineering Gap value

Units Counts

-24 Volts -24,000 counts

0 Volts 0 counts

To convert counts to Volts:

Gap Voltage = Counts/1000

Example 1:
Gap voltage for a reading of -9000 counts (0xDCD8).
Gap Voltage = (-9000)/1000
= -9 Volts

7-14
Thrust Position Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
Monitor Status
Location Word 5, bits 15 to 12
Application Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels.
Functional Description During normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every
read. If the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the
channels are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no
further check is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take
appropriate action.
The following diagnostic conditions are returned by the monitor:
Monitor Statuses
Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING)
Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK
Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK
Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK
Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B
Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B
Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B
Hardware fault (NO ALARMING)
Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK,

Channel On and Off

Location Read status = Word 5, bits 9 and 8
Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 9 and 8
Application Take a channel out of service.
Functional Description
Alarms If a channel is off, no alarms are returned.

Proportional Values If a channel is off invalid proportional values of –32,768 (0x8000) are
returned.

Monitor Status If a channel is off,

Channel OFF is returned in the monitor read status word
Channel OK is returned in the read status word

Relation to other The off channel will not respond to other channel-based controls or
functions configuration parameters.

LED A monitor with both channels off will have a steady green LED.

Channel Alarm Status

Location Word 5
Bit number Channel Alarm type
7 A Alert
6 A Danger
5 B Alert
4 B Danger

Application The alarm setpoints are used to annunciate excessive axial movement.
When a setpoint is exceeded, the channel alarm status bit will be set.
Functional Description The Alert and Danger alarms have independent Over and Under setpoints.
During operation, if the direct proportional value exceeds an Over setpoint or
is below the Under setpoint for the alarm time delay, then the monitor will set
the appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitor’s Read Status Word.

Appendix B shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpoint
fields.

7-15
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Thrust Position Monitor Type

Upscale Thrust Direction

Location Read Status = Word 5, bits 3 and 2
Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 3 and 2
Application Set the meter upscale direction in relation to the proximity probe. This
setting effects the signed thrust position proportional value. A more positive
value is upscale.

Channel Inhibit
Location Read status = Word 5, bits 1 and 0
Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 1 and 0
Application Prevent alarms and clear existing alarms on a channel basis while allowing
continued reporting of proportional values.
Functional Description
Alarms Alarms will not be annunciated for a channel with Channel Inhibit active.
Alarms that exist before Channel Inhibit is active are cleared.
If an alarm is active when Channel Inhibit goes inactive, that alarm will be
annunciated after the programmed time delay.

Proportional Values Proportional values continue to be reported with Channel Inhibit active.

Monitor Status A channel with Channel Inhibit active will return active in the monitor read
status word.

Relation to other For a channel with Channel Inhibit active…

functions a not OK channel will continue to report proportional values
a channel can be turned on or off

LED Remains green and steady if no other conditions exist.

Transducer Type
Location Words 6 and 7, bits 15 to 12
Application It is important to select the transducer type that matches the transducers
connected to each channel. If you use external zener barriers, determine
the effect on the scale factor and configure the correct scale factor.
Functional Description The Thrust Position Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor supports the
following transducers:
Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mm
Internal 7200 series 8mm or 5mm
External 3300 series or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes
330800 PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
External 7200 series 11 mm
External 7200 series 14 mm
External -18 Volt 3000 series
External 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL NSv
Internal 3300 NSv

Transducer Scale Factor

Location Words 6 and 7, bits 11 to 0
Application The transducer scale factor is used by the monitor to calculate the Direct
proportional value.
Functional Description Scale factor is set by loading a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer in the
channels scale factor field in the data table. The adjustment range for
transducer scale factor is ±15% around the nominal scale factor. The actual
value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale

7-16
Thrust Position Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
factor.

Full-scale Range
Location Words 8 and 9, bits 15 to 12
Application Full-scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional
value. Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.
Functional Description The Thrust Type1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor supports the following
full-scale ranges:
10 - 0 - 10 mils
25 - 0 - 25 mils
30 - 0 - 30 mils
40 - 0 - 40 mils
50 - 0 - 50 mils
75 - 0 - 75 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm
2.000 - 0 - 2.000 mm

See Proportional Values description for scaling example.

Zero Position Voltage

Location Words 8 and 9, bits 11 to 0
Application The voltage signal from the transducer that corresponds to the midpoint of
the rotor within its axial tolerance. On thrust position displays, this voltage
would be displayed as zero.
Functional Description The zero position voltage is configured by calculating an offset and loading it
in the thrust I/O data table as a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer.

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over and Under, Alert and

Danger)
Location Words 10, 11, 12, and 13
Application Direct Alarm Setpoints are over and under Alert and Danger setpoints.

Functional Description To set alarm setpoints (Alert or Danger), load the setpoint field with an
unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. A
setpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale (top scale) and 0
corresponds to bottom scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full-
scale range.

To convert the desired Direct Alarm Setpoint in engineering units to Counts

use these equations. The first equation is for number above midscale
(upscale setpoints). The second equation is for numbers below midscale
(downscale setpoints)

Direct Over Alarm Counts =

((Direct Alarm Setpoint in Engineering Units)x
(100 counts/Full up-scale)) + 100
Direct Under Alarm Counts =
-((Direct Alarm Setpoint in Engineering Units)x
(100 counts/Full bottom-scale)) + 100

Example 1:
I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 7 mils upscale, where the full-scale
range is 10 - 0 - 10 mils. How do I convert this 7 mils to counts so it can be
entered into the data table?

7-17
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Thrust Position Monitor Type
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over and Under, Alert and
Danger)
7
Direct Alarm Counts = ( • 100) + 100
10
= 170 counts decimal (0xAA)

Example 2:
Convert a desired direct Danger under setpoint of 0.400 mm downscale to
counts for a full-scale range of 0.500 mm - 0 - 0.500 mm.

0.4
Direct Alarm Counts = (- • 100) + 100
0.5
= 20 counts decimal (0x14)

See Appendix B for other examples.

Alarm Time Delay

Location Word 14
Application The alarm time delay prevents intermittent signals on channel A or B that
are not related to machine condition from causing alarm.
Functional Description The amount of time that the signal for a channel must exceed the alarm
setpoint before the alarm status bit is set to true. Alarm time delay options
are:
0.15 Seconds
0.20 seconds
0.30 seconds
0.50 seconds
0.60 seconds
1.00 seconds
2.00 seconds
3.00 seconds
5.00 seconds
6.00 seconds
10.00 seconds
20.00 seconds

Monitor Reset
Location Word 15, bit 15
Application Always set low (0).
Functional Description If this bit is set to 1, the monitor may not operate correctly.

Barrier Configuration
Location Word 15, bit 14 and 13
Application Configure the type of safety barrier used with the monitor. If you use
external zener barriers, set the transducer scale factor to compensate for
attenuation due to the barrier.
Functional Description The setting for safety barrier applies to both channels. Barrier options are:
None
Internal Galvanic Isolator
External Zener Barrier
External Galvanic Isolator

Set Configuration Flag

Location Word 15, bit 12
Application Always set high (1).

7-18
 Thrust Position Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
Functional Description If this bit is set to 0, the monitor will not operate.

Monitor Type
Location Word 15, bits 11 and 10
Application Must be set to match the monitor type being used.
Functional Description Set bits 11 and 10 of word 15 for Thrust Position Type 1701/15 Proximitor 
Input Monitor.

Channel On/Off, Upscale Thrust Direction, and Channel Inhibit are

described above in the read status word 5 descriptions.

Velocity Type Program the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor as a Velocity Monitor or
Acceleration Monitor using the Monitor Type configuration field in
1701/25 Seismic the data table. This section describes the configuration options for
Input Monitor Velocity. See Appendix C for the data table structure and bit field
codes.
The two channels in a 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor, Velocity Type
provide the following data:
Static data Status data
Direct proportional values Monitor status
Timed OK Channel Defeat setting
Channel ON/OFF
Alert alarm status
Danger alarm status
Trip Multiply status
Channel inhibit status

Channels in a Velocity Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor use the

following configuration parameters:
Transducer Alarm Settings Operating parameters
Configuration
Transducer type Alert alarm time delay Monitor reset
Transducer Scale Danger alarm time delay Barrier type
factor Direct Alert setpoint Set configuration
Full-scale range Direct Danger setpoint Monitor type
Channel ON/OFF
Trip Multiply Setting
Trip Multiply enable and
disable
Channel inhibit
High-pass and low-pass
corner frequencies

Application Alert: Option Incompatibilities

Not all combinations of
parameters are compatible Compatibility Table Description Page
with one another. Before Number
setting any of the following Transducer Type vs. Shows allowable scale C-5
configuration parameters, refer Scale Factor factors for different
to the compatibility tables in transducer types.
Appendix C. Transducer Type vs. Full Shows high pass (HP) and C-9
Scale Range Type vs. low pass (LP) corner
Filter Corner Frequencies frequency choices based on
the selected trasducer type

7-19
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Velocity Monitor Type
Compatibility Table Description Page
Number
and full scale range type.
Transducer Type vs. Full Shows allowable full scale C-12
Scale Range vs. Trip ranges and trip multiply
Multiply for Barrier options for different
Options transducer types and barrier
options.
Velocity Transducer OK Shows what transducers are C-14
Limits vs. Transducer allowed with what barrier
Type vs. Barrier Options options based on whether
any OK limits are shown.

Direct Proportional Values

Location Words 3 and 1
Application Direct proportional values for channel A or B is the peak to peak vibration
signal proportionally scaled to the full-scale reading.
Functional Description The direct proportional value for channel A or B is an unsigned number
placed in a 16-bit word where 1000 counts (0x3E8) is 100% of full scale,
2000 counts (0x7D0) is 200% of full scale, and 3000 counts (0xBB8) is
300% of full scale.

Engineering Direct value

Units Counts

Full Scale 1000 counts

Bottom Scale 0 counts

Percentage of full scale = (0.1)(Counts)

Engineering units = ((Percentage of full scale)/100) x

(Full scale range maximum value)
Example 1:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 1000 counts (0x3E8) configured for a full-scale
range of 0 - 2 in/s pk

% of full scale = (0.1)(1000)

= 100 % of full scale

Engineering units = (100/100)x(2 in/s pk)

= 2 in/s pk

Example 2:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 500 counts (0x1F4) configured for a full-scale
7-20
Velocity Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
Direct Proportional Values
range of 0 to 10 mm/s pk

% of full scale = (0.1)(500)

= 50% of full scale

Engineering units = (50/100)x(10 mm/s pk)

= 5 mm/s pk

Example 3:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 2500 (0x9C4), configured for a full-scale range
of 0 to 500 µm pp, integrated velocity.

% of full scale = (0.1)(2500)

= 250% of full scale

Engineering units = (250/100)x(500 µm pp)

=1250 µm pp

7-21
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Velocity Monitor Type
Monitor Status
Location Word 5, bits 15 to 12
Application Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels. During
normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every read. If
the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the channels
are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no further check
is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take appropriate action.
Functional Description The following diagnostic conditions are returned by the monitor:
Monitor Statuses
Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING)
Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK
Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK
Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK
Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B
Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B
Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B
Hardware fault (NO ALARMING)
Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK,

Timed OK Channel Defeat

Location Read Status = Word 5, bits 11 and 10
Enable or disable = Words 8 and 9, bit 9
Application When Enabled holds a channel in the not OK state for a fixed time after the
channel transitions from not OK to OK and will inhibit alarming from a Not
OK state. This function can provide protection against false alarms caused
by intermittent field wiring. When Disabled the channel can alarm from a Not
OK state and will transition from Not OK to OK with no time delay. This can
provide protection against missed alarms due to sudden impact events that
can cause the sensor output to exceed the OK limits.

Functional Description When Enabled and a channel returns to the OK state from a not OK state,
the monitor will continue to hold the channel in the not OK state until the
channel has been OK continuously for 30 seconds. During this time the
channel will continue to return proportional values but it will not process
alarms. When Enabled alarming is inhibited from the Not OK state. When
Disabled the monitor will process alarms even if the channel is Not OK and
will return to the OK state at the same time the cause of the Not OK
condition is removed.

If the Read Status bit for Timed OK Channel Defeat is true or enabled, the
Timed OK Channel Defeat function has been enabled in the configuration.
Application Alert:
On reciprocating machines
monitored with velocity or
Velomitor sensors a sudden
mechanical impact can over-range
the sensor output. If the monitor is
configured with Timed OK
Channel Defeat enabled and the
over-range signal exceeds the OK
limits the monitor may not
annunciate an alarm. This may
result in a missed alarm and
temporary loss of machine
protection. On Reciprocating
Machines monitored with velocity
or Velomitor sensors disable
Timed OK Channel Defeat.

7-22
Velocity Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
Channel On and Off
Location Read status = Word 5, bit 9 and 8
Enable or disable = Word 15, bit 9 and 8
Application Take a channel out of service.
Functional Description
Alarms If a channel is off, no alarms are returned.

Proportional Values If a channel is off invalid proportional values of –32,768 (0x8000) are
returned.

Monitor Status If a channel is off,

Channel OFF is returned in the monitor read status word
Channel OK is returned in the read status word

Relation to other The off channel will not respond to other channel-based controls or
functions configuration parameters.

LED A monitor with both channels off will have a steady green LED.

Channel Alarm Status

Location Word 5
Bit number Channel Alarm type
7 A Alert
6 A Danger
5 B Alert
4 B Danger

Application An alarm setpoint is the level of vibration that causes the alarm status for the
channel to go active. The Channel Alarm Status bit is true when the alarm
level is exceeded for the Alarm Time Delay.
Functional Description Velocity Input monitors have two levels of alarm – Alert and Danger.
Danger is the more serious alarm level.

During monitor operation if the Direct proportional value is greater than the
setpoint for the period of time selected by the Alarm Time Delay then the
monitor will set the appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitor’s Read
Status Word 5.

Appendix C shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpoint
fields in the Channel Setpoints description.

Trip Multiply
Location Function Word and bit number
Channel A Channel B
read status Word 5, bit 3 Word 5, bit 2
enable or Word 15, bit 3 Word 15, bit 2
disable
set TM level Word 15, bits 7 & 6 Word 15, bits 5 & 4

Application Multiplies the alarm setpoint levels on the selected channel by the Trip
Multiply level.
Functional Description
Alarms An alarm will clear if an alarm is active prior to enabling Trip Multiply and if
the multiplied setpoint is above the vibration level.

Proportional Values The channel proportional values will continue to be reported in percent of full
scale with a dynamic range of 300% of the full-scale range and resolution of
0.1% of full-scale range.

7-23
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Velocity Monitor Type
Trip Multiply
Monitor Status A channel with Trip Multiply active will return active in the monitor status
word.

Relation to other Channel inhibit and channel on and off can be applied while Trip Multiply is
functions enabled.

LED No effect.

Channel Inhibit
Location Read status = Word 5, bits 1 and 0
Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 1 and 0
Application Prevent alarms and clear existing alarms on a channel basis while allowing
continued reporting of proportional values.
Functional Description
Alarms Alarms will not be annunciated for a channel with Channel Inhibit active.
Alarms that exist before Channel Inhibit is active are cleared.
If an alarm is active when Channel Inhibit goes inactive, that alarm will be
annunciated after the programmed time delay.

Proportional Values Proportional values continue to be reported with Channel Inhibit active.

Monitor Status A channel with Channel Inhibit active will return active in the monitor read
status word.

Relation to other For a channel with Channel Inhibit active…

functions a not OK channel will continue to report proportional values
Trip multiply can be enabled
a channel can be turned on or off

LED Remains green and steady if no other conditions exist.

Transducer Type
Location Words 6 and 7, bits 15 to 12
Application It is important to select the transducer type that matches the transducers
connected to each channel.
Functional Description Transducers that are supported by the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor:
Velomitor, 100 mV(/in/s) pk, 330500, 330525,
High Temp Velomitor, 145 mV/(in/s) pk, 330750, 330550
CEC 4 -126 or CEC 4 - 131, 145 mV/(in/s) pk
500 mV/in/s pk, 9200, 74712 (or any using 10 k$ load, 500 mV/(in/s) pk,
correct OK limits)

Transducer Scale Factor

Location Words 6 and 7, bits 11 to 0
Application The transducer scale factor is used by the monitor to calculate the Direct
proportional value.
Functional Description Scale factor is set by loading a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer in the
channels scale factor field in the data table. The adjustment range for
transducer scale factor is ±15% around the nominal scale factor. The actual
value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale
factor.

7-24
Velocity Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
Full Scale Range
Location Words 8 and 9, bits 15 to 12
Application Full-scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional
value. Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.
Functional Description The Velocity Input Type, 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor supports the
following full-scale ranges:
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mils pp, integrated velocity
0 - 10 mils pp, integrated velocity
0 - 20 mils pp, integrated velocity
0 - 100 µm pp, integrated velocity
0 - 200 µm pp, integrated velocity
0 - 500 µm pp, integrated velocity
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
See Proportional Values description for scaling example.

Timed OK channel Defeat On/Off is described above in the read

status word 5 descriptions.
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)
Location Words 11 and 12
Application Direct Alarm Setpoints are Alert or Danger level setpoints that can be set to
flag if the direct value goes over the Alert (first-level) Alarm level or Danger
(second-level) Alarm level.
Functional Description To set alarm setpoints (Alert or Danger), load the setpoint field with an
unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. A
setpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale (top scale) and 0
corresponds to bottom scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full-
scale range.

To convert the desired Direct Alarm Setpoint in engineering units to Counts

use this equation:

Direct Alarm Counts =

(Direct Alarm Engineering Units)(200 counts/full scale range)
Example 1:
I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 1 in/s pk where the full-scale range is 0
to 2 in/s pk. How do I convert this 1 in/s pk to counts so I can configure the
setpoint?

Direct alarm counts = (1 in/s pk)(200 counts/2 in/s pk))

= 100 counts (or 0x64)
Example 2:
Convert a desired direct Danger over setpoint of 75 µm pp, integrated
velocity, to counts for a full-scale range of 0 to 100 µm pp.

Direct alarm counts = (75 µm pp)(200 counts/100 µm pp)

7-25
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Velocity Monitor Type
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)
= 150 counts (or 0x96)
See Appendix C for other examples.

High and Low Pass Corner Frequency

Location Word 13, bits 7 to 4 and bits 15 to 12
Application Set up desired filter corners for direct proportional values.
Functional Description The combined high-pass and low-pass filters set up the desired band-pass
filter for the direct proportional values for your specific application. The
minimum high-pass corner frequency is 3 Hz or 10 Hz, depending on
transducer type and full-scale range type. The maximum low-pass corner
frequency is 4,000 Hz. High- and low-pass corner frequencies are
adjustable options, and allowable frequency ranges vary with transducer
type and full-scale range type.

Refer to compatibility tables in Appendix C for specific filter corners

allowable for your transducer type and full-scale range type.

Alarm Time Delay

Location Word 14
Application The alarm time delay prevents intermittent signals on channel A or B that
are not related to machine condition from causing alarm.
Functional Description The amount of time that the signal for a channel must exceed the alarm
setpoint before the alarm status bit is set to true. Alarm time delay options
are:
0.15 seconds
0.20 seconds
0.30 seconds
0.50 seconds
0.60 seconds
1.00 seconds
2.00 seconds
3.00 seconds
5.00 seconds
6.00 seconds
10.00 seconds
20.00 seconds

Monitor Reset
Location Word 15, bit 15
Application Always set low (0).
Functional Description If this bit is set to 1, the monitor may not operate correctly.

Barrier Configuration
Location Word 15, bits 14 and 13
Application Configure the type of safety barrier used with the monitor. If you use
external zener barriers, set the transducer scale factor to compensate for
attenuation due to the barrier.
Functional Description The setting for safety barrier applies to both channels. Barrier options are:
None
Internal Galvanic Isolator
External Zener Barrier
External Galvanic Isolator

Set Configuration Flag

Location Word 15, bit 12
Application Always set high (1).
7-26
Velocity Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
Functional Description If this bit is set to 0, the monitor will not operate.

Monitor Type
Location Word 15, bits 11 and 10
Application Must be set to match the monitor type being used.
Functional Description Set bits 11 and 10 of word 15 for Velocity Type 1701/25 Seismic Input
Monitor.

Channel On/Off, Trip Multiply, and Channel Inhibit are described

above in the read status word 5 descriptions.

Acceleration Type Acceleration monitors measure the vibration of a machine case in

acceleration units.
1701/25 Seismic
Input Monitor Program the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor as a Velocity Monitor or
Acceleration Monitor using the Monitor Type configuration field in
the data table. This section describes the configuration options for
Acceleration. See Appendix D for the data table structure and bit
field codes.
The two channels in a 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor, Acceleration
type provide the following data:
Static data Status Data
Direct proportional values Monitor status
Timed OK Channel Defeat setting
Channel ON/OFF
Alert alarm status
Danger alarm status
Trip Multiply status
Channel inhibit status

Channels in an acceleration monitor use the following configuration

parameters:
Transducer Alarm Settings Operating parameters
Configuration
Transducer type Alert alarm time delay Monitor reset
Transducer Scale Danger alarm time delay Barrier type
factor Direct Alert setpoint Set configuration
Full scale range Direct Danger setpoint Monitor type
Channel ON/OFF
Trip Multiply Setting
Trip Multiply enable and
disable
Channel inhibit
High-pass and low pass
corner frequencies

Application Alert: Option Incompatibilities

Not all combinations of
Compatibility Table Description Page
parameters are compatible
with one another. Before Number
setting any of the following Transducer Type vs. Shows allowable scale D-5
configuration parameters, refer Scale Factor factors for different
to the compatibility tables in transducer types.
Appendix D.
7-27
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type
Transducer Type vs. Full Shows allowable high pass D-9
Scale Range Type vs. HP (HP) and low pass (LP)
and LP Corner Frequency choices based on the
Ranges selected transducer type and
full scale range type.
Acceleration Transducer Shows allowable full scale D-12
Type vs. Full Scale Range ranges and trip multiply
Type vs. Trip Multiply for options for different
Barrier Options transducer types and barrier
options.
Acceleration Transducer Shows what transducers are D-16
OK Limits vs. Transducer allowed with what barrier
Type vs. Barrier Options options based on whether
any OK limits are shown.

7-28
Acceleration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables
Direct Proportional Values
Location Words 1 and 3
Application Direct proportional values for channel A or B is the peak to peak vibration
signal proportionally scaled to the full-scale reading.
Functional Description The direct proportional value for channel A or B is an unsigned number
placed in a 16-bit word where 1000 counts (0x3E8) is 100% of full scale,
2000 counts (0x7D0) is 200% of full scale, and 3000 counts (0xBB8) is
300% of full scale.

Engineering Direct value

Units Counts

Full Scale 1000 counts

Bottom Scale 0 counts

Percentage of full scale = (0.1)(Counts)

Engineering units = ((Percentage of full scale)/100) x

(Full-scale range maximum value)

Example 1:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 1000 counts (0x3E8) configured for a full-scale
range of 0 - 2 gs pk.

% of full scale = (0.1)(1000)

= 100 % of full scale

Engineering units = (100/100)x(2 gs pk)

= 2 gs pk

Example 2:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 500 counts (0x1F4)
2
configured for a full scale range of 0 to 100 m/s pk

% of full scale = (0.1)(500)

= 50% of full scale
2
Engineering units = (50/100)x(100 m/s pk)
2
= 50 m/s pk
Example 3:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 2500 (0x9C4), configured for a full-scale range
of 0 to 50 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration.

% of full scale = (0.1)(2500)

7-29
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type
Direct Proportional Values
= 250% of full scale

Engineering units = (250/100)x(50 mm/s pk)

=125 mm/s

Monitor Status
Location Word 5, bits 15 to 12
Application Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels. During
normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every read. If
the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the channels
are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no further check
is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take appropriate action.
Functional Description The following diagnostic conditions are returned by the monitor:
Monitor Statuses
Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING)
Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK
Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK
Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK
Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B
Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B
Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B
Hardware fault (NO ALARMING)
Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK,

Timed OK Channel Defeat

Location Read Status = Word 5, bits 11 and 10
enable or disable = Words 7 and 8, bit 9
Application When Enabled holds a channel in the not OK state for a fixed time after the
channel transitions from not OK to OK and inhibits alarming from a Not OK
state. This function can provide protection against false alarms caused by
intermittent field wiring. When Disabled the channel can alarm from a Not
OK state. This can provide protection against missed alarms due to sudden
impact events that can cause the sensor output to exceed the OK limits.

Functional Description When Enabled and a channel returns to the OK state from a not OK state,
the monitor will continue to hold the channel in the not OK state until the
channel has been OK continuously for 30 seconds. During this time the
channel will continue to return proportional values but it will not process
alarms. . When Enabled, alarming is inhibited from a Not OK state. When
Disabled the monitor will process alarms even if a channel is Not OK and
will return to the OK state at the same time the cause of the Not OK
condition is removed.

If the Read Status bit for Timed OK Channel Defeat is true or enabled, the
Timed OK Channel Defeat function has been enabled in the configuration.

7-30
Acceleration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables
Channel On and Off
Location Read status = Word 5, bits 9 and 8
Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 9 and 8
Application Take a channel out of service.
Functional Description
Alarms If a channel is off, no alarms are returned.

Proportional Values If a channel is off, invalid proportional values of –32,768 (0x8000) are
returned.

Monitor Status If a channel is off,

Channel OFF is returned in the monitor read status word
Channel OK is returned in the read status word

Relation to other The off channel will not respond to other channel-based controls or
functions configuration parameters.

LED A monitor with both channels off will have a steady green LED.

Channel Alarm Status

Location Word 5
Bit number Channel Alarm type
7 A Alert
6 A Danger
5 B Alert
4 B Danger

Application An alarm setpoint is the level of vibration that causes the alarm status for the
channel to go active. The Channel Alarm Status bit is true when the alarm
level is exceeded for the Alarm Time Delay.
Functional Description This monitor has two levels of alarm – Alert and Danger. Danger is the
more serious alarm level.

During monitor operation if the Direct proportional value is greater than the
setpoint for the period of time selected by the Alarm Time Delay then the
monitor will set the appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitor’s Read
Status Word 5.

Appendix D shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpoint
fields.

Trip Multiply
Location Function Word and bit number
Channel A Channel B
read status Word 5, bit 3 Word 5, bit 2
enable or Word 15, bit 3 Word 15, bit 2
disable
set TM level Word 15, bits 7 & 6 Word 15 bits 5 & 4

Application Multiplies the alarm setpoint levels on the selected channel by the Trip
Multiply level
Functional Description
Alarms An alarm will clear if an alarm is active prior to enabling Trip Multiply and if
the multiplied setpoint is above the vibration level.

Proportional Values The channel proportional values will continue to be reported in percent of full
scale with a dynamic range of 300% of the full-scale range and resolution of
0.1% of full-scale range.

7-31
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type
Trip Multiply
Monitor Status A channel with Trip Multiply active will return active in the monitor status
word.

Relation to other Channel inhibit and channel on and off can be applied while Trip Multiply is
functions enabled.

LED No effect.

Channel Inhibit
Location Read status = Word 5, bits 1 and 0
Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 1 and 0
Application Prevent alarms and clear existing alarms on a channel basis while allowing
continued reporting of proportional values.
Functional Description
Alarms Alarms will not be annunciated for a channel with Channel Inhibit active.
Alarms that exist before Channel Inhibit is active are cleared.
If an alarm is active when Channel Inhibit goes inactive, that alarm will be
annunciated after the programmed time delay.

Proportional Values Proportional values continue to be reported with Channel Inhibit active.

Monitor Status A channel with Channel Inhibit active will return active in the monitor read
status word.

Relation to other For a channel with Channel Inhibit active…

functions a not OK channel will continue to report proportional values
Trip multiply can be enabled
a channel can be turned on or off

LED Remains green and steady if no other conditions exist.

Transducer Type
Location Words 6 and 7, bits 15 to 12
Application It is important to select the transducer type that matches the transducers
connected to each channel.
Functional Description The Acceleration Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor supports the following
transducers:
330400, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW
23733-03 I/F module, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW
330425, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB
49578-01, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB
155023-01, 25 mV/g pk, high frequency

Transducer Scale Factor

Location Words 6 and 7, bits 11 to 0
Application The transducer scale factor is used by the monitor to calculate the Direct
proportional value.
Functional Description Scale factor is set by loading a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer in the
channels scale factor field in the data table. The adjustment range for
transducer scale factor is ±15% around the nominal scale factor. The actual
value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale
factor.

Full-scale Range
Location Words 8 and 9, bits 15 to 10
Application Full-scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional value.

7-32
Acceleration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables
Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.
Functional Description The Acceleration Input 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor supports the following full-
scale ranges:
0 - 2 gs pk 0 - 2 gs rms
0 - 5 gs pk 0 - 5 gs rms
0 - 10 gs pk 0 - 10 gs rms
0 - 20 gs pk 0 - 20 gs rms
0 - 25 gs pk 0 - 25 gs rms
0 - 40 gs pk 0 - 40 gs rms
0 - 50 gs pk 0 - 50 gs rms
0 - 20 m/s2 pk 0 - 20 m/s2 rms
0 - 50 m/s2 pk 0 - 50 m/s2 rms
2
0 – 100 m/s pk 0 - 100 m/s2 rms
0 – 200 m/s2 pk 0 - 200 m/s2 rms
2
0 – 250 m/s pk 0 - 250 m/s2 rms
0 – 400 m/s2 pk 0 - 400 m/s2 rms
2
0 – 500 m/s pk 0 - 500 m/s2 rms
0 - 1.0 in/s pk, integrated acceleration 0 - 1.0 in/s rms, integrated acceleration
0 - 2.0 in/s pk, integrated acceleration 0 - 2.0 in/s rms, integrated acceleration
0 - 25 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration 0 - 25 mm/s rms, integrated acceleration
0 - 50 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration 0 - 50 mm/s rms, integrated acceleration
0 – 100 mm/s pk, integrated 0 - 100 mm/s rms, integrated
acceleration acceleration

See Proportional Values description for scaling example.

Timed OK channel Defeat On/Off is described above in the read

status word 5 descriptions.

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)

Location Words 11 and 12
Application Direct Alarm Setpoints are Alert or Danger level setpoints that can be set to
flag if the direct value goes over the Alert (first-level) Alarm level or Danger
(second-level) Alarm level.
Functional Description To set alarm setpoints (Alert or Danger), load the setpoint field with an
unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. A
setpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale (top scale) and 0
corresponds to bottom scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full-
scale range.

To convert the desired Direct Alarm Setpoint in engineering units to Counts

use this equation:

Direct Alarm Counts =

(Direct Alarm Engineering Units)(200 counts/full scale range)

Example 1:
I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 1 gs pk where the full-scale range is 0 to
2 gs pk. How do I convert this 1 gs pk to counts so I can configure the
setpoint?

Direct alarm counts = (1 gs pk)(200 counts/2 gs pk))

= 100 counts (0x64 )

Example 2:
2
Convert a desired direct Danger over setpoint of 75 m/s pk to counts for a
full-scale range of 0 to 100 m/s 2 pk.

Direct alarm counts = (75 m/s 2 pk)(200 counts/100 m/s2 pk)

= 150 counts (0x96)

7-33
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)
See Appendix D for other examples.

High and Low Pass Corner Frequency

Location Word 13, bits 7 to 4 and bits 15 to 12
Application Set up desired filter corners for direct proportional values.
Functional Description The combined high-pass and low-pass filters set up the desired band-pass
filter for the direct proportional values for your specific application. The
minimum high-pass corner frequency is 3 Hz, 10 Hz, or 20 Hz, depending
on acceleration monitor type, transducer type, and full-scale range type.
The maximum low-pass corner frequency is 14.05 kHz, 31.55 kHz, or 24.3
kHz, depending on acceleration monitor type. High- and low-pass corner
frequencies are adjustable options, and allowable frequency ranges vary
with specific monitor type, transducer type, and full-scale range type.

Refer to compatibility tables in Appendix D for specific filter corners

allowable for your monitor type, transducer type, and full-scale range type..

Alarm Time Delay

Location Word 14
Application The alarm time delay prevents intermittent signals on channel A or B that
are not related to machine condition from causing alarm.
Functional Description The amount of time that the signal for a channel must exceed the alarm
setpoint before the alarm status bit is set to true. Alarm time delay options
are:
0.15 seconds
0.20 seconds
0.30 seconds
0.50 seconds
0.60 seconds
1.00 seconds
2.00 seconds
3.00 seconds
5.00 seconds
6.00 seconds
10.00 seconds
20.00 seconds

Monitor Reset
Location Word 15, bit 15
Application Always set low (0).
Functional Description If this bit is set to 1, the monitor may not operate correctly.

Barrier Configuration
Location Word 15, bits 14 and 13
Application Configure the type of safety barrier used with the monitor. If you use
external zener barriers, set the transducer scale factor to compensate for
attenuation due to the barrier.
Functional Description The setting for safety barrier applies to both channels. Barrier options are:
None
Internal Galvanic Isolator
External Zener Barrier
External Galvanic Isolator

Set Configuration Flag

Location Word 15, bit 12
Application Always set high (1).
7-34
Acceleration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables
Functional Description If this bit is set to 0, the monitor will not operate.

Monitor Type
Location Word 15, bits 11 and 10
Application Identify the monitor type being used.

Use the following table to select which Acceleration Type is appropriate for
your application
Acceleration Application
Monitor Type
Use this type if you want to program one or both
Dual channels for peak or rms acceleration monitoring and
Acceleration, you want to set programmable low-pass filters. The
14.05 kHz maximum signal frequency for these channels is 14.05
kHz. You should also use this type if you want to
program one, or both channels for monitoring peak or
rms velocity (integrated acceleration). The maximum
signal frequency for these channels is also 14.05 kHz
and you can set any of the programmed low-pass
filters that are within the bandwidth.

High-pass filters can be programmed in all cases.

Use this type if you want to program both channels for
Dual wide band peak or rms acceleration monitoring to
Acceleration, 31.55 kHz. You should also use this type if you want to
31.55 kHz program one channel (Channel B must be used) for
wide band peak or rms acceleration monitoring with a
fixed 31.55 kHz low-pass filter and the other channel
(Channel A) for peak or rms acceleration monitoring
with programmable low pass filters up to 31.55 kHz.

High-pass filters can be programmed in all cases.

Use this type when you only have a single transducer
Single connected to the monitor and you want to monitor
Acceleration, peak or rms acceleration to 24.3 kHz with
24.3 kHz programmable low-pass filters, or, you want to monitor
peak or rms velocity to 24.3 kHz with the capability to
set low-pass filters.

High-pass filters can be programmed in all cases

Channel A will be the active channel and Channel B

will be OFF.

If you only require one active channel on a 1701/25

Acceleration type then you should choose this type.
The single channel type will provide wider bandwidths
with programmable filter capability than the dual
channel types.

Functional Description If the Monitor Type bits (word 15, bits 11 and 10) are not set correctly, the
monitor will not function correctly. Be careful to configure the monitor for
the correct monitor type.

Channel On/Off, Trip Multiply, and Channel Inhibit are described

above in the read status word 5 descriptions.

7-35
FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type

7-36
 Chapter
Chapter 8

System Verification
This chapter shows how to verify that the system components are
operating properly.
• monitor
• internal Proximitor module
• transducer I/O module
• internal Galvanic Isolator
• 24 volt power supply

Monitor Verification The 1701 monitors are factory calibrated and do not require field
adjustment. However, monitor and system function should be verified
at installation and at periodic intervals.
Verification testing consists of verifying channel values, alarms, OK
Limits, and filter corner frequencies. This section describes
verification testing for six different applications
• 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor radial vibration channels
using external Proximitor sensors
• 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor radial vibration channels
using internal Proximitor sensors
• 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor thrust position channels
using external Proximitor sensors
• 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor thrust position channels
using internal Proximitor sensors
• 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor velocity input channels using
seismoprobes or 2 wire velocity sensors
• 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor velocity input channels using
Velomitor sensors
• 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor acceleration input channels

Required Test Equipment

1701/15 Proximitor  Input Monitor
Transducer Radial Vibration Channels Thrust Position Channels
External Proximitor DC power supply DC power supply
Sensors Multimeter - 4 ½ digits Multimeter - 4 ½ digits
Function generator
Internal Proximitor Probe, extension cable, target, and TK - 3 Spindle micrometer, probe, extension
Sensors wobble plate or equivalent cable, and target
Oscilloscope Multimeter - 4 ½ digit
Multimeter - 4 ½ digits
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor

Velocity Input Channels - 2 wire Velocity Input Channels - Acceleration Input Channels
velocity transducers Velomitors
DC power supply DC power supply DC power supply
Multimeter - 4 ½ digit Multimeter - 4 ½ digit Multimeter - 4 ½ digit
Function generator Function generator Function generator
2.49 kΩ resistor 4 kΩ resistor
10 uF capacitor

Typical Verification Test Setup

HMI

PLC

Network Test
Equipment
1701

Verification testing of 1701 monitors requires that your network is up

and running, the FieldMonitor system is configured, and your
vibration values and status are accessible on a display. Transducer
signals are simulated with the test equipment or applied directly using
a micrometer kit.

8-2
 Chapter 8 — System Verification

Monitor LED status

The table below shows how to interpret the monitors LED.
STATUS LED Condition
state
OFF Power is off or some component is defective. See the troubleshooting section.
Green flashing at Monitor is unconfigured.
1 Hz
Green steady Monitor is configured and monitor and transducers are in an OK condition.
Alternate One or both channels are in alarm.
green/red flashing
Red flashing at 1 Recoverable fault condition such as: one or both transducer channels are not OK,
Hz Timed OK Channel Defeat is active, the monitor is not OK, or the configuration is
invalid.
Red steady Non-recoverable fault. See troubleshooting section, page 9-1.

Application Advisory: Monitor Signal Scaling

Radial vibration channels or
seismic channels with Timed Direct proportional values for 1701/15 radial vibration channels and
OK Defeat enabled will remain 1701/25 velocity and acceleration channels are returned by the
in a not OK state for 30 monitor as counts. The counts are scaled so that 0 counts is bottom
seconds after the transducer scale and 1000 counts equals the full scale.
signal returns to an OK
condition. The figure below shows the relation between the full-scale range in
engineering units, Direct value counts, and the Direct alarm setpoint
During verification testing you
must wait 30 seconds after
scale in counts.
applying an OK condition
before verifying the channel Engineering Direct value Direct Value
OK status. Units Counts Alarm Counts

Full Scale 1000 counts 200 counts

Bottom Scale 0 counts 0 counts

Your display HMI software maps the Direct value counts to

engineering units. If you have access to the controllers data file, you
can interpret values directly.

8-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Direct thrust position value is scaled as shown below.

Engineering Direct value Direct Value

Units Counts Alarm Counts

Full Up Scale 500 counts 200 counts

Zero
Position 0 counts

Full Bottom -500 counts 0 counts

Scale

8-4
 Chapter 8 — System Verification

 Input Monitor Radial

Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor
Vibration Channels configured for external
Proximitor Sensors
1701

Multimeter

Function generator

I/O module
and terminals

DC power
supply

DC power supply setting Function generator setting

- 9.00 Vdc Waveform: sinewave
DC Offset: 0 Vdc
Frequency: 100 Hz
Amplitude: minimum level

Danger 1. Disconnect Vt (transducer power), COM, and SIG field wiring

High voltage present. from the channel terminals on the terminal base.
Contact could cause shock, 2. Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connection
burns, or death. for the 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
Do not touch exposed wires 3. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the equation and examples
or terminals. below. Adjust the function generator amplitude to the calculated
voltage.
Full-scale Voltage = Direct Full-scale Range x Transducer
Application Alert:
Use the transducer scale
Scale Factor
factor that is loaded in the I/O Example 1
data table for the monitor and Direct Full-scale Range = 5 mil pp
channel. Transducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil pp
Full-scale Voltage= (5 mil pp) x ( 200 mV/mil pp)
= 1.000 Vpp
For a V rms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

V rms Full-scale Voltage = (0.707) x (V pp Full Scale

Voltage/2)
= 0.3535 V rms

8-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Example 2
Direct Full-scale Range = 150 µm pp
Transducer Scale Factor = 7.874 mV/µm pp
Full-scale Voltage= (150 µm pp) x (0.007874 V/µm pp)
= 1.181 V pp
For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full-scale Voltage = (0.707) x (V pp Full-scale

Voltage/2)
= 0.4175 Vrms

4. Verify that the Direct reading is within specification.

Terminal Base Type Tolerance in percent of full scale range

1701/05 TB ± 1%
1701/06 Isolator TB Full Scale Ranges less than 200 Full Scale Ranges more than 200
mV peak to peak mV peak to peak
+4% to +2% +1% to –2%

If the reading does not meet specification check your input signal
and connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification
go to the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-
38.
Steps 5 through 9 are verifying Direct alarms
5. Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarm
level.
6. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm
status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is green
steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to be
green steady.)
7. Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Alert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that the
LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED
to indicate alarms.)
8. Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Danger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.
9. Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alert
setpoint level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms and
the LED indicates correctly.

Application Alert: Steps 10 and 11 are verifying the Gap value.

If your controller is 10. Adjust the function generator amplitude to minimum value and
programmed for latching
alarms you will need to reset then set the DC power supply to -18.000 Vdc.
them to verify that the alarms
are now inactive.
8-6
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
11. Verify that the gap value reading is -18.000 volts ± 20 mV (± 120
mV for internal isolator systems). (Note this may cause a not OK
condition.)

Step 12 is verifying Gap alarms.

12. To verify the gap alarms adjust the DC power supply to a value
that is between the over/under gap alarm setpoints. Verify that the
Alert alarm status is not active. Adjust the DC power supply to a
voltage more positive than the under gap setpoint. After the alarm
time delay expires, verify that Alert/A1 is active. Adjust the
power supply back to a value between the over/under gap
setpoints and verify alarms are not active. Adjust the power
supply to a voltage more negative than the over gap setpoint.
Verify that Alert/A1 is active.

Step 13 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limit tables are

shown in Appendix A.
13. To test the OK Limits adjust the function generator to a minimum
output and adjust the DC power supply to -9.00 Volt. Verify that
the channel status is OK. Gradually increase (more negative) the
power supply voltage over the upper OK limit. Verify that the
HMI reports not OK and that the monitor LED is red flashing.
(Note: The other channel should be OK or you cannot use the
LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage back to -
9.00 Volt and verify that the channel status is OK. Decrease the
power supply voltage (more positive) below the lower OK limit
and verify that the channel status is not OK.
14. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect Vt, COM, and SIG
field wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns
to the OK state.
15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for the other channel.

8-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

 Input Monitor Radial

Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor

Vibration Channels using internal Proximitor
Sensors

Oscilloscope

1701

Probe
extension TK-3
cable

This verification method requires special equipment and is not

Danger suitable for verifying monitor accuracy specifications. It is also
High voltage present. difficult and time consuming. An alternative is:
Contact could cause shock,
burns, or death. • Replace the internal Proximitor module with a 170180-01
Proximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module and verify the monitor-
Do not touch exposed wires to-controller link using the procedure described in, “Verifying
or terminals. 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor radial vibration channels
configured for external Proximitor sensors. Also, re-install the
internal Proximitor module and verify it using the procedure
described under “Internal Proximitor Verification”.
The verification procedure using the TK-3 is described below.
Application Alert: 1. Use the dial indicator supplied with the TK-3 to adjust the
Standard wobble plates are position of the probe holder to the full-scale peak to peak
AISI 4140 steel. If your
displacement.
Proximity transducer system
has been modified for other
target materials then you
should not use this procedure.

8-8
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
2. Connect the test equipment as shown by installing the probe in
Application the TK-3 wobble plate and connecting the oscilloscope to the
Advisory: channels buffered output.
TK-3 wobble plates are
rated for specific maximum 3. Gap the probe at -9.00 Volt ± 1.00 Volt for the 170133 or 170172
peak to peak displacement.
You will need a wobble
internal Proximitor Sensors. Gap the probe at -7.00 Volt ± 1.00
plate that meets your full- Volt for the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor.
scale range requirement or
you cannot create a full- 4. Turn on the TK-3 and use the oscilloscope to adjust the wobble
scale signal. plate rotational speed to approximately 100 Hz. Verify that the
channel status is OK and use the oscilloscope to measure the peak
to peak signal.
5. Verify that the Direct reading correct.
Terminal Base Type Tolerance in percent of full scale range
1701/05 TB ± 8%
1701/06 Isolator TB Full Scale Ranges more than 200 mV peak to peak
+8% to –9%

If the reading does not meet specification, check your input,

connections, and wobble plate. If the monitor still does not meet
specification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification
Test”, page 8-38.
6.) Adjust the probe holder to reduce the peak to peak displacement
below the Alert setpoint level.

Steps 7 through 11 are verifying Direct alarms

7.) Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm
status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is green
steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to be
green steady.)
8.) Adjust the probe holder so that the signal just exceeds the
Alert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that the
LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED
to indicate alarms.)
9.) Adjust the probe holder so that the signal just exceeds the
Danger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.
10.) Adjust the probe holder so the signal is below the Alert setpoint
level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms and that the
LED indicates correctly.

Steps 11 through 15 are verifying the Gap value

Application Alert: 11.) Turn off the TK-3 and install the probe in the spindle micrometer
If your controller is using the appropriate target.
programmed for latching
alarms, you will need to reset 12.) Replace the oscilloscope with the multimeter.
them to verify that the alarms
are now inactive.

8-9
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
13.) Gap the probe at -9.00 Volt ± 1.00 Volt for the 170133 or 170172
internal Proximitor Sensors. Gap the probe at -7.00 Volt ± 1.00
Volt for the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor.
14.) Wait 30 seconds and then verify that the channel status is OK and
that the monitor LED indicates correctly.
15.) Adjust the micrometer until the multimeter reads -18.000 V ± 50
mV for the 170133 or 170172 internal Proximitor Sensors.
Adjust the micrometer until the multimeter reads -14.000 V ± 50
mV for the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor. (Note: This will
cause a not OK condition.)
16.) Verify that the monitor gap value matches the multimeter reading
± 20 mV, (± 120 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base).

Step 17 is verifying the Gap alarms.

17.) To verify the gap alarms adjust the micrometer to a gap that is
between the over/under gap alarm setpoints. Verify that the Alert
alarm status is not active. Adjust the micrometer to a gap less than
the under gap setpoint. After the alarm time delay expires, verify
that the Alert/A1 is active. Adjust the micrometer to between the
over/under gap setpoints and verify that the alarms are not active.
Adjust the micrometer to a gap greater than the over gap setpoint.
Verify that the Alert/A1 is active.

Step 18 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limit tables are

shown in Appendix A.
18.) To test the OK limits adjust the micrometer to a gap that yields a
gap voltage of -9.00 V ± 1.0 V for the 170133 or 170172 internal
Proximitor Sensors or -7.00 V ± 1.0V for the 170150 internal
Proximitor Sensor. Verify the channel status is OK. Gradually
increase gap until the gap voltage is over the upper OK limit.
Verify that the HMI reports not OK and the monitor LED is red
flashing. (Note the other channel should be OK or you cannot use
the LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage back to
approximately -9.00 Volt (for the 170133 or 170172) or -7.00
Volt (for the 170150) and verify that the channel status is OK.
Decrease gap until the gap voltage is below the lower OK limit
and verify that the channel status is not OK.
19.) Disconnect the test equipment and remove the probe from the
TK-3. After the probe is installed in the machine, verify that the
channel status returns to the OK state.
20.) Repeat steps 1 through 19 for the other channel.

8-10
 Chapter 8 — System Verification

 Input Monitor Thrust

Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor
Position Channels configured for external
Proximitor Sensors

1701

Multimeter

I/O module DC power supply

and terminals

1.) Disconnect Vt (transducer power), COM, and SIG field wiring

Danger from the channel terminals on the terminal base.
High voltage present. 2.) Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connection
Contact could cause shock, for the 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
burns, or death.
3.) Calculate the full up scale and full bottom scale voltages using the
Do not touch exposed wires equations and examples below.
or terminals.

8-11
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

If the upscale direction is toward the probe:

Application Alert:
Use the transducer scale Full Up Scale Voltage = Zero Position Voltage +
factor that is loaded in the I/O (Transducer Scale Factor) x (Up
data table for the monitor and
channel.
Scale Meter Range)
Full Bottom Scale Voltage = Zero Position Voltage -
The zero position voltage is
the voltage input that will
(Transducer Scale Factor) x
cause the Direct Thrust (Bottom Scale Meter Range)
Position reading to be zero.
Example 1
Use the zero position voltage
that is loaded in the monitors Transducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil
I/O data table. Meter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil
Zero Position Voltage = -9.75 Vdc
Full Up Scale Voltage = (-9.75) + (0.200) x (25)
= -4.75 Volt dc
Full Bottom Scale Voltage = (-9.75) - (0.200) x (25)
= -14.75 Vdc

Example 2
Transducer Scale Factor = 7.874 V/mm
Meter Range = 1 - 0 - 1 mm
Zero Position Voltage = -10.16 Vdc
Full Up Scale Voltage = (-10.16) + (7.874) x (1)
= -2.286 Volt dc
Full Bottom Scale Voltage = (-10.16) - (7.874) x (1)
= -18.03 Vdc

If the upscale direction is away from the probe:

Full Up Scale Voltage = Zero Position Voltage -
(Transducer Scale Factor) x (Up
Scale Meter Range)
Full Bottom Scale Voltage = Zero Position Voltage +
(Transducer Scale Factor) x
(Bottom Scale Meter Range)
Example 1
Transducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil
Meter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil
Zero Position Voltage = -9.75 Vdc
Full Up Scale Voltage = (-9.75) - (0.200) x (25)
= -14.75 Vdc
Full Bottom Scale Voltage = (-9.75) + (0.200) x (25)
= -4.75 Vdc

Example 2
Transducer Scale Factor = 7.874 V/mm
Meter Range = 1 - 0 - 1 mm
Zero Position Voltage = -10.16 Vdc
Full Up Scale Voltage = (-10.16) - (7.874) x (1)
= -18.03 Vdc
Full Bottom Scale Voltage = (-10.16) + (7.874) x (1)
= -2.286 Vdc

8-12
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
4.) Adjust the power supply to the zero position voltage. Verify that
the Direct Thrust Position value indicates 0 ± 1 % (± 1 % ± 100
mV for internal isolator systems) of the full range.
5.) Adjust the power supply to the full up scale voltage. Verify that
the Direct reading is full scale ± 1 % (± 1 % ± 100 mV for
internal isolator systems) of the full range. If the reading does not
meet specification, check your input signal and connections. If the
monitor still does not meet specification, go to the section “If a
Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.
6.) Adjust the power supply to the full bottom scale voltage. Verify
that the Direct reading is full bottom scale ± 1 % (± 1 % ± 100
mV for internal isolator systems) of the full range. If the reading
does not meet specification, check your input signal and
connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to
the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

Steps 7 through 14 are verifying Direct alarms

7.) Adjust the power supply back to the zero position voltage.
8.) Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm
status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is green
steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to be
green steady.)
Application Alert: 9.) Adjust the power supply so that the signal just exceeds the
If your controller is Alert/A1 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
programmed for latching
alarms, you will need to reset
delay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify
them to verify that the alarms that the LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for
are now inactive. the LED to indicate alarms.)
10.) Adjust the power supply so that the signal just exceeds the
Danger/A2 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
delay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.
11.) Adjust the power supply back to the zero position voltage.
12.) Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm
status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is green
steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to be
green steady.)
13.) Adjust the power supply so that the signal just exceeds the
Alert/A1 Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
delay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify
the LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the
LED to indicate alarms.)
14.) Adjust the power supply so that the signal just exceeds the
Danger/A2 Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
delay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

Step 15 is verifying the Gap value

15.) Adjust the power supply to -18.00 V. Verify that the gap value is
-18.00 V ± 20 mV (± 120 mV for internal isolator systems) . If
the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal
8-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
and connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification,
go to the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-
38.

Step 16 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limit tables are

shown in Appendix B.
16.) To test the OK Limits adjust the DC power supply to -9.00 V.
Verify that the channel status is OK. Gradually increase (more
negative) the power supply voltage over the upper OK limit.
Verify that the HMI reports not OK and the monitor LED is red
flashing. (Note: The other channel should be OK or you cannot
use the LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage
back to -9.00 V and verify that the channel status is OK. Decrease
the power supply voltage (more positive) below the lower OK
limit and verify that the channel status is not OK.
17.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect Vt, COM, and SIG
field wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns
to the OK state.
18.) Repeat steps 1 through 17 for the other channel.

8-14
 Chapter 8 — System Verification

 Input Monitor Thrust

Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor

Position Channels using internal Proximitor
Sensors

Multimeter

1701

Micrometer kit

1.) Install the probe in the micrometer kit.

Danger 2.) Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connection
High voltage present.
for 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
Contact could cause shock,
burns, or death. 3.) Set the micrometer to 18 mils (or 460 µm).
Do not touch exposed wires 4.) Adjust for mechanical backlash by backing the micrometer out to
or terminals. 20 mils (500 µm). Be careful not to reverse the direction of travel
during this operation
5.) Adjust the probe gap to electrical zero by moving the probe until
the multimeter reads -3.00 ± 0.1 Vdc. This setting is “electrical
zero” for the 170133, 170150, and 170172 internal Proximitor
sensors.
6.) Increase the gap to the zero position voltage as indicated on the
multimeter. Again, be careful not to reverse the direction of
rotation.
7.) Verify that the monitor Direct value reads “0” ± 1% of the full-
scale range (“0” ± 1% ± 100 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base). If the reading does not meet specification, check
your input signal and connections. If the monitor still does not
meet specification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails a
Verification Test”, page 8-38.
8.) Adjust the micrometer to the full up scale gap. Verify that the
Direct reading is full scale ± 8 % of the full range (± 8 % ± 100
mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base). If the reading does
8-15
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
not meet specification, check your input signal and connections.
If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to the section
“If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

Application Alert: If the upscale direction is toward the probe:

The actual transducer average From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to decrease the
scale factor should be within ± probe gap to just over the full up scale then bring the gap back to
5% of the scale factor loaded the full up scale value.
in the I/O data table for the
monitor and channel. Example
Meter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil
The zero position gap is the
gap that produces the zero From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to decrease the gap by
position voltage input that will 27 mils. Now reverse rotation direction and bring the gap back to 25 mils.
cause the Direct Thrust Read the monitor Direct value.
Position reading to be zero.
Use the zero position voltage
that is loaded in the monitors If the upscale direction is away from the probe:
I/O data table. From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to increase the
probe gap to just over the full up scale then bring the gap back to
the full up scale value.

Example
Meter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil

From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to increase the gap by
27 mils. Now reverse rotation direction and bring the gap back to 25 mils.
Read the monitor Direct value.

9.) Adjust the micrometer to the full bottom scale gap. Verify that the
Direct reading is full bottom scale ± 8 % of the full range ( ± 8 %
± 100 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base). If the reading
does not meet specification, check your input signal and
connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to
the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

If the upscale direction is toward the probe:

From the full up scale gap (from step 10) adjust the micrometer to
increase the probe gap to the full bottom scale value.

Example
Meter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil

From the full up scale gap adjust the micrometer to increase the gap by
50 mils. Read the monitors Direct value.

If the upscale direction is away from the probe:

From the full up scale gap (from step 10) adjust the micrometer to
decrease the probe gap to the full bottom scale value.

Example
Meter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil

8-16
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
From the full up scale gap adjust the micrometer to decrease the gap by
50 mils. Read the monitors Direct value.

10.) Adjust the micrometer back to the zero position gap.

Steps 11 through 14 are verifying Direct alarms

11.) Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm
status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is green
steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to be
green steady.)
12.) Adjust the micrometer so that the probe gap just exceeds the
Application Advisory:
If your controller is
Alert/A1 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
programmed for latching delay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify
alarms, you will need to reset that the LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for
them to verify the alarms are the LED to indicate alarms.)
now inactive.
13.) Adjust the micrometer so that the probe gap just exceeds the
Danger/A2 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
delay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.
14.) Adjust the micrometer back to the zero position gap.
15.) Verify the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm status
on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is green steady.
(Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to be green
steady.)
16.) Adjust the micrometer so the probe gap just exceeds the Alert/A1
Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay has
expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that the LED
indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED to
indicate alarms.)
17.) Adjust the micrometer so the probe gap just exceeds the
Danger/A2 Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
delay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

Step 18 is verifying the Gap value

18.) For the 170133 or 170172 internal Proximitor Sensors, adjust
the micrometer to the gap where the multimeter reads -18.00 V.
Verify that the gap value is -18.00 V ± 20 mV (-18.00 V ± 120
mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base). For the 170150
internal Proximitor Sensor, adjust the micrometer to the gap
where the multimeter reads -14.00 V. Verify that the gap value is
-14.00 V ± 20 mV (-14.00 V ± 120 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base). If the reading does not meet specification, check
your input signal and connections. If the monitor still does not
meet specification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails a
Verification Test”, page 8-38.

Step 19 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limit tables are

shown in Appendix B.

8-17
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
19.) To test the OK Limits adjust the micrometer to the zero position
gap. Verify that the channel status is OK. Gradually increase the
gap over the upper OK limit. Verify that the HMI reports not OK
and the monitor LED is red flashing. (Note the other channel
should be OK or you cannot use the LED as an indicator.) Adjust
probe gap back to the zero position gap and verify that the
channel status is OK. Decrease the probe gap below the lower OK
limit and verify that the channel status is not OK.
20.) Disconnect the test equipment and remove the probe from the
micrometer kit. After the probe is installed in the machine, verify
that the channel status returns to the OK state.
21.) Repeat steps 1 through 20 for the other channel.

8-18
 Chapter 8 — System Verification

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity

Channels configured for Seismoprobes or 2-wire
Velocity Sensors

1701

Multimeter

Function generator

I/O module
and terminals

DC Power
Supply

2.49 kΩ

DC power supply setting Function generator setting

Danger - 6.50 Volt DC Waveform: sinewave
High voltage present. DC Offset: 0 Vdc
Contact could cause shock, Frequency: 100 Hz
Amplitude: minimum level
burns, or death.
Do not touch exposed wires
or terminals. 1.) Disconnect A and B field wiring from the channel terminals on
the terminal base.
2.) Connect the test equipment as shown with the signal and resistor
connected to the “A” terminal. Use this connection for the
1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
3.) Calculate the verification frequency using the equations and
information below:

If the default filters are configured and your meter range is in

peak Velocity units then use 100 Hz. If your meter range is in rms
Velocity or Displacement units then use 200 Hz

If filters are configured then use this formula:

8-19
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Verification Frequency = HPF x LPF

where:
HPF = the high pass corner frequency in Hz
LPF = the low pass corner frequency in Hz

and:
If you configured an LPF but chose none for the HPF then in the
formula set the HPF = 3 Hz if your full scale range is in peak
Velocity units or HPF = 10 Hz if your full scale range is rms
Velocity or Displacement units.

If you configured an LPF and chose none for the HPF

and if your full-scale range is in … …then set HPF to…
peak velocity units 3 Hz
rms Velocity 10 Hz

Similarly, if you configured a HPF but did not configure an LPF

then in the formula set:
LPF = 5500 Hz

Example
LPF = 2000 Hz
HPF = none configured
Meter Range = 1 in/s rms
1/2
Verification Frequency = [(10) x ( 2000)]
= 141 Hz

4.) If your meter range is in peak Velocity units, then calculate the
full scale input voltage using the equation and examples below.
Otherwise go to step 5.

Full Scale Voltage = Direct Full Scale Range x

Application Alert: Transducer Scale Factor
Use the transducer scale
factor that is loaded in the I/O Example 1
data table for the monitor and Direct Full Scale Range = 1 in/s pk
channel. Transducer Scale Factor = 500 mV/(in/s) pk
Full Scale Voltage = (1 in/s pk) x ( 0.500 V/(in/s) pk)
= 0.500 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 0.3535 Vrms

Example 2
Direct Full Scale Range = 10 mm/s pk
Transducer Scale Factor = 5.708 mV/(mm/s) pk

8-20
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
Full Scale Voltage = (10 mm/s pk) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)
pk)
= 0.0571 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)
= 0.04035 Vrms

Go to step 7.

5.) If your meter range is in rms Velocity units, then calculate your
full scale input voltage using the equations and information
below. Otherwise go to step 6.

Full Scale Voltage = (Direct Full Scale Range) x

(Transducer Scale Factor in
Volts pk) x (Crest Factor)

Crest Factor is the ratio of V pk to Vrms

For a sinewave: Crest Factor = 1.414

Example 1
Direct Full Scale Range = 1 in/s rms
Transducer Scale Factor = 500 mV/(in/s) pk
For a sine wave Crest Factor = 1.414
Full Scale Voltage = (1 in/s rms) x ( 0.500 V/(in/s) pk) x
(1.414)
= 0.707 V pk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)
= 0.500 Vrms

Example 2
Direct Full Scale Range = 20 mm/s rms
Transducer Scale Factor = 5.708 mV/(mm/s) pk
For a sine wave, Crest Factor = 1.414
Full Scale Voltage = (20 mm/s rms) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)
pk) x (1.414)
= 0.1614 V pk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (V pk Full Scale Voltage)
= 0.1141 Vrms

Go to step 7.

6.) If your meter range is in Displacement units (integrated velocity),

then calculate your full scale input voltage using the equations
and information below. Then go to step 7.

For mil pp and um pp units

8-21
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Input
Full - scale (English units)
Full Scale = x 0.07071
  
(V rms)   
 31.831  / Velocity Frequency 
 Scale Factor  
 (English units)  
 
Input
Full - scale (English units)
Full Scale = x 0.2
  
(V pp)   
 31.831  / Velocity Frequency
 Scale Factor  
 (English units)  
 
To use the formulas the Velocity scale factor must be in Volts and
the Full Scale Range and Velocity scale factor must be in English
units.
To convert mm/s pk to in/s pk:
in/sec pk = (mm/s pk) x 25.4
To convert micrometer pp full scale ranges to mil pp:
Full Scale in mil pp = (Full Scale in µm pp)/25.4
Example:
Full Scale Range = 200 µm pp
Transducer Scale Factor = 5.7087 mV/(mm/s) pk
Verification Frequency = 200 Hz
Convert scale factor: (0.0057087 x 25.4)
= 0.145 V/(in/s) pk
Convert range: (200/25.4) = 7.874 mil pp

Full Scale
7.874
Input = x 0.2 = 1.4347 V pp
 31.831 
(V pp)  0.145  / 200 
 

Go to step 7.
7.) Adjust the function generator to the full scale voltage and the
verification frequency.
8.) Verify that the Direct reading is correct.
Terminal Base Type Tolerance in percent of full scale range
Full Scale Ranges less than 200 Full Scale Ranges more than 200
mV peak to peak mV peak to peak
1701/05 TB ±2% ±1%
1701/06 Isolator TB Peak-to-Peak RMS Ranges Peak-to-Peak RMS Ranges
Ranges Ranges
+4% to +2% +1% to -2% +1% to -2% +1 to -2%

If the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal
and connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to
8-22
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

Steps 9 through 12 are verifying Direct alarms

9.) Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarm
level. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the
alarm status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitors LED is
green steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to
be green steady.)
10.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Alert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that the
LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED
to indicate alarms.)
11.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Danger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.
12.) Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alert
setpoint level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms and
the LED indicates correctly.

Application Alert: Step 13 and 14 are verifying the OK Limits. OK Limits are
If your controller is shown in Appendix C.
programmed for latching
alarms, you will need to reset
13.) To test the OK Limits disconnect the A field wire from the
them to verify the alarms are channel terminal on the terminal base. Verify that the channel
now inactive. reports not OK at the HMI.
14.) Reconnect the A field wire and verify that the channel returns to
the OK state.
15.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the A and B field
wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns to
the OK state.
16.) Repeat steps 1 through 15 for the other channel.

8-23
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity

Channels configured for Velomitor sensors

1701

Function
Generator

I/O module
and terminals

4kΩ

10 uF

Function generator setting

Danger Waveform: sinewave
High voltage present. DC Offset: 0 Vdc
Contact could cause shock, Frequency: 100 Hz
Amplitude: minimum level
burns, or death.
Do not touch exposed wires
or terminals. 1.) Disconnect A and B field wiring from the channel terminals on
the terminal base.
2.) Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connection
for the 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases. The resistor is
connected between A and B. The signal is injected through the
capacitor into terminal B and the test equipment is referenced to
COM.
3.) Calculate the verification frequency using the equations and
information below:
8-24
 Chapter 8 — System Verification

If the default filters are configured and your meter range is in

peak Velocity units then use 100 Hz. If your meter range is in rms
Velocity or Displacement units then use 200 Hz

If filters are configured then use this formula:

Verification Frequency = HPF x LPF
where:
HPF = the high pass corner frequency in Hz
LPF = the low pass corner frequency in Hz

and:

If you configured an LPF and chose none for the HPF

and if your full-scale range is in … …then in the formula set HPF to…
peak velocity units 3 Hz
rms Velocity 10 Hz

Similarly, if you configured a HPF and did not configure a LPF then
in the formula set:
LPF = 5500 Hz

Example:
LPF = 2000 Hz
HPF = none configured
Meter Range = 1 in/s rms
Verification Frequency = 10 x 2000
= 141 Hz

4.) If your meter range is in peak Velocity units, then calculate the
full scale input voltage using the equation and examples below.
Otherwise go to step 5.

Application Alert: Full Scale Voltage = Direct Full Scale Range x

Use the transducer scale Transducer Scale Factor
factor that is loaded in the I/O
data table for the monitor and
channel. Example 1:
Direct Full Scale Range = 1 in/s pk
Transducer Scale Factor = 100 mV/(in/s) pk
Full Scale Voltage = (1 in/s pk) x ( 0.100 V/(in/s) pk)
= 0.100 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)
= 0.0707 Vrms

Example 2:
Direct Full Scale Range = 10 mm/s pk
Transducer Scale Factor = 5.708 mV/(mm/s) pk
Full Scale Voltage = (10 mm/s pk) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)
pk)
= 0.0571 Vpk

8-25
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)
Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)
= 0.04035 Vrms

Go to step 7.
5.) If your meter range is in rms Velocity units, then calculate your
full scale input voltage using the equations and information
below. Otherwise go to step 6.

Full Scale Voltage = (Direct Full Scale Range) x

(Transducer Scale Factor in
Volts pk) x (Crest Factor)
Crest Factor is the ratio of V pk to Vrms
For a sinewave: Crest Factor = 1.414
Example 1:
Direct Full Scale Range = 1 in/s rms
Transducer Scale Factor = 100 mV/(in/s) pk
For a sine wave Crest Factor = 1.414
Full Scale Voltage = (1 in/s rms) x ( 0.100 V/(in/s) pk) x
(1.414)
= 0.1414 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)
= 0.100 Vrms

8-26
 Chapter 8 — System Verification

Example 2:
Direct Full Scale Range = 20 mm/s rms
Transducer Scale Factor = 5.708 mV/(mm/s0 pk
For a sine wave, Crest Factor = 1.414
Full Scale Voltage = (20 mm/s rms) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)
pk) x (1.414)
= 0.1614 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)
= 0.1141 Vrms

Go to step 7.
6.) If your meter range is in Displacement units (integrated velocity)
then calculate your full scale input voltage using the equations
and information below. Then go to step 7.

For mil pp and um pp units

Input
Full - scale (English units)
Full Scale = x 0.07071
  
(V rms)   
 31.831  / Velocity Frequency 
 Scale Factor  
 (English units)  
 
Input
Full - scale (English units)
Full Scale = x 0.2
  
(V pp)   
 31.831  / Velocity Frequency
 Scale Factor  
 (English units)  
 
To use the formulas the Velocity scale factor must be in volts and the
Full Scale Range and Velocity scale factor must be in English
units.
To convert mm/s pk to in/sec pk:
in/s pk = (mm/s pk) x 25.4
To convert micrometer pp full scale ranges to mil pp:
Full Scale in mil pp = (Full Scale in µm pp)/25.4
Example:
Full Scale Range = 200 µm pp
Transducer Scale Factor = 5.7087 mV/(mm/s) pk
Verification Frequency = 200 Hz
Convert scale factor: (0.0057087 x 25.4)
= 0.145 V/(in/s) pk
Convert range: (200/25.4) = 7.874 mil pp

8-27
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Full Scale
7.874
Input = x 0.2 = 1.4347 V pp
 31.831 
(V pp)  0.145  / 200 
 

Go to step 7.
7.) Adjust the function generator to the full scale voltage and the
verification frequency.
8.) Verify that the Direct reading is full scale and within limits.

Terminal Base Type Tolerance in percent of full scale range

Full Scale Ranges less than 200 Full Scale Ranges more than 200
mV peak to peak mV peak to peak
1701/05 TB ±2% ±1%
1701/06 Isolator TB Peak Ranges RMS Ranges Peak Ranges RMS Ranges
+4% to +2% +1% to -2% +1% to -2% +1 to -2%

If the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal and
connections and make sure the frequency response of the system is
not causing attenuation. If the monitor still does not meet
specification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification
Test”, page 8-38.

Steps 9 through 12 are verifying Direct alarms

9.) Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarm
level. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the
alarm status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitors LED is
green steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to
be green steady.)
10.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Alert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that the
LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED
to indicate alarms.)
11.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Danger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.
12.) Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alert
setpoint level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms and
the LED indicates correctly.

Application Advisory: Step 13 through 16 are verifying the OK Limits. OK Limits

If your controller is are shown in Appendix C.
programmed for latching
alarms you will need to reset 13.) To test the OK Limits disconnect the A wire from the channel
them to verify the alarms are terminal on the terminal base. Verify that the channel reports not
now inactive. OK at the HMI.
8-28
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
14.) Reconnect the A wire and verify the channel returns to the OK
state.
15.) Disconnect the B wire from the channel terminal on the terminal
base. Verify that the channel reports not OK at the HMI.
16.) Reconnect the B wire and verify that the channel returns to the
OK state.
17.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the A and B field
wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns to
the OK state.
18.) Repeat steps 1 through 17 for the other channel.

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity Channel Filter

Corner Frequencies
The procedure for testing these parameters is to simulate a velocity
signal with a function generator and power supply. The corner
frequencies are verified by setting the signal frequency at the filter
corner and verifying the correct amplitude.
Use the test equipment setup, verification frequency calculation, and
Application Advisory:
If the channel units are
full scale voltage calculations shown in the section on “Verifying
integrated, change the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity Channels configured for
configuration to a non- Seismoprobes or 2-wire Velocity Sensors”, page 8-19 or “Verifying
integrated full scale range to 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity Channels configured for
test the filters. After you are Velomitors”, page 8-24.
finished return the channel to
its original configuration.

1.) Disconnect the A and B field wiring from the terminals on the
terminal base.
2.) Connect the test equipment. For Seismoprobes or 2-wire Velocity
sensors connect through the 2.49 kΩ resistor to the A terminal
and reference your test equipment to the COM terminal. For
Velomiters input the signal through the 10 uF capacitor into the B
terminal, connect the 4 kΩ resistor between A and B, and
reference the test equipment to COM.
3.) Calculate the Verification Frequency using the procedure in the
referenced sections. Adjust the function generator to the
verification frequency using a sinewave.
4.) Calculate the Full Scale Voltage using the procedure in the
referenced sections. Adjust the function generator to the Full
Scale Voltage.
5.) Verify that the Direct value at the HMI reads correctly.
6.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the low pass filter
corner frequency. Verify that the Direct value reads between 65%
and 75% of full scale (between 64% and 76% for internal isolator
systems).
7.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the high pass filter
corner frequency. Verify that the Direct value reads between 65%

8-29
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
and 75% of full scale scale (between 64% and 76% for internal
isolator systems).
8.) If the reading does not meet specification, check the input signal.
It the monitor still does not meet specification, go to the section
on “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.
9.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect A and B field wiring
to the channel terminals on the terminal base. Verify that the
channel returns to the OK state.
10.) Return the channel to the original configuration.
11.) Repeat steps 1 through 10 for other configured channels.

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Acceleration

Channels

1701

Multimeter

Function generator

I/O module
and terminals

DC power
supply

DC power supply setting Function generator setting

Danger - 8.50 Volt DC Waveform: sinewave
High voltage present. DC Offset: 0 Volts DC
Contact could cause shock, Frequency: 100 Hz
Amplitude: minimum level
burns, or death.
Do not touch exposed wires
or terminals. 1.) Disconnect Vt, SIG and COM field wiring from the channel
terminals on the terminal base.

8-30
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
2.) Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connection
for 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
3.) Calculate the verification frequency using the equations and
information below:

If the default filters are configured and your meter range is in

peak Acceleration units then use 100 Hz. If your meter range is in
rms Acceleration, peak Velocity, or rms Velocity units then use
200 Hz

If filters are configured then use this formula:

Verification Frequency = HPF x LPF

where:
HPF = the high pass corner frequency in Hz
LPF = the low pass corner frequency in Hz

and:

If you configured an LPF and chose none for the HPF…

…and if the full-scale range is in …then in the formula use HPF =
peak acceleration units 3 Hz
rms acceleration units 10 Hz
peak velocity or rms velocity 20 Hz
(integration)

If you configured an HPF and chose none for the LPF…

…and if you configured the …then set LPF = …
acceleration monitor type as…
Dual Acceleration, 14.05 kHz 14.05 kHz
Dual Acceleration, 31.25 kHz 31.25 kHz
Single Acceleration, 24.3 kHz 24.3 kHz

Example 1:
LPF = 2000 Hz
HPF = none configured
Meter Range = 1 in/s rms
Acceleration Monitor Type = Dual Acceleration, 14.05 KHz

Verification Frequency = 10 x 2000

= 141 Hz

Example 2:
LPF = none configured
HPF = 20 Hz
Meter Range = 20 gs rms
Acceleration Monitor Type = Single Channel, 24.3 KHz

Verification Frequency = 20 x 24300

= 697 Hz

8-31
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
If your meter range is in peak Acceleration units then calculate
the full scale input voltage using the equation and examples
below. Otherwise go to step 5.

Application Alert: Full Scale Voltage = Direct Full Scale Range x

Use the transducer scale Transducer Scale Factor
factor that is loaded in the I/O
data table for the monitor and Example 1:
channel. Direct Full Scale Range = 20 gs pk
Transducer Scale Factor = 100 mV/g pk
Full Scale Voltage = (20 g pk) x ( 0.100 V/g pk)
= 2.00 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)
= 1.414 Vrms

Example 2:
Direct Full Scale Range = 100 m/s2 pk
Transducer Scale Factor = 10.19 mV/ m/s2 pk
Full Scale Voltage = (100 m/s2 pk) x (0.010.19 V/ m/s2 pk)
= 1.019 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Voltage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)
= 0.7204 Vrms

Go to step 7.

5.) If your meter range is in rms Acceleration units, then calculate

your full scale input voltage using the equations and information
below. Otherwise go to step 6.

Full Scale Voltage = (Direct Full Scale Range) x

(Transducer Scale Factor in
Volts pk) x (Crest Factor)

Crest Factor is the ratio of V pk to Vrms

For a sinewave: Crest Factor = 1.414

Example 1:
Direct Full Scale Range = 20 gs rms
Transducer Scale Factor = 100 mV/g pk
For a sine wave Crest Factor = 1.414
Full Scale Voltage = (20 gs rms) x ( 0.100 V/g pk) x
(1.414)
= 2.828 V pk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Voltage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)
= 2.000 V rms

Example 2:
Direct Full Scale Range = 250 m/s2 rms
Transducer Scale Factor = 10.19 mV/ m/s2 pk
8-32
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
For a sine wave, Crest Factor = 1.414
Full Scale Voltage = (250 m/s2 rms) x (0.010.19 V/ m/s 2
pk) x (1.414)
= 3.6022 V pk

For a V rms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

V rms Full Scale Voltage = (0.707) x (V pk Full Scale Voltage)
= 2.5467 V rms

Go to step 7.

If your meter range is in Velocity units (integrated acceleration) then

calculate your full scale input voltage using the equations and
information below. Go to step 7.

Full Scale Formulas - Integration

(For the Following units: in/s pk, in/s rms, mm/s pk, mm/s rms)
To input rms volts for peak full scale units:

Input
Full - scale (English units)
Voltage = x 0.3535
  
(V rms)   
  
 30.72  
 Scale Factor  / Velocity Frequency
  
 (English units  
  
 0.1 volts / g typical)  

To input rms volts for rms full scale units:

Input
Full - scale (English units)
Voltage = x 0.5
  
(V rms)   
  
 30.72  
 Scale Factor  / Velocity Frequency
  
 (English units  
  
 0.1 volts / g typical)  

To input peak to peak volts for peak full scale units:

Input
Full - scale (English units)
Voltage =
  
(V pp)   
  
 30.72  
  / Velocity Frequency
 Scale Factor  
 (English units  
  
 0.1 volts / g typical)  
8-33
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

To input peak to peak volts for RMS full scale units:

Input
Full - scale (English units)
Voltage = x 1.414
  
(V pp)   
  
 30.72  
  / Velocity Frequency
 Scale Factor  
 (English units  
  
 0.1 volts / g typical)  

To use the formulas, the acceleration scale factor should be in volts,

and the full-scale value and acceleration scale factor should be in
English units. Use the following conversion formulas to convert
metric units to English units:

Scale Factor:

Acceleration Scale Factor Acceleration Scale Factor

= x 9.8135
(mV / g) (mV / (m / s2))

Full-scale:
Full - Scale Full - Scale
= x 0.39372
(in / s) (mm / s)

Example
2
Transducer Scale Factor = 10.19 mV/(m/s )
Full Scale = 25 mm/s
HPF = 10 Hz
LPF = 8000 Hz

1. Convert metric units to English units.

Scale Factor:
2
10.19 mV/(m/s ) x 9.8135 = 100 mV/g

Full-scale:
25 mm/s x 0 .039372 = 1 in/s

2. Calculate the input voltage.

To Input RMS Volts for Peak Units
Input
1
Voltage = x 0.3535 = 0.3254 V rms
 30.72  
(V rms)  0.1  / 282.84
 
To Input Peak to Peak Volts for Peak Units

8-34
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
Input
1
Voltage = x 1 = 0.9207 V pp
 30.72  
(V pp)  0.1  / 282.84
 

7.) Adjust the function generator to the full scale voltage and the
verification frequency.
8.) Verify that the Direct reading is full scale and within limits.

Terminal Base Type Tolerance in percent of full scale range

Full Scale Ranges less than 200 Full Scale Ranges more than 200
mV peak to peak mV peak to peak
1701/05 TB ±2% ±1%
1701/06 Isolator TB Peak Ranges RMS Ranges Peak Ranges RMS Ranges
+4% to +1% +1% to -2% +1% to -4% +1 to -3%

If the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal and
connections and make sure the frequency response of the system is
not causing attenuation. If the monitor still does not meet
specification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification
Test”, page 8-38.

Steps 9 through 12 are verifying Direct alarms

9.) Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarm
level. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the
alarm status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitors LED is
green steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to
be green steady.)
10.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Alert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or that the LED
indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED to
indicate alarms.)
11.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Danger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.
12.) Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alert
setpoint level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms and
the LED indicates correctly.

Application Advisory: Step 13 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limits are shown in

If your controller is Appendix D.
programmed for latching 13.) To test the OK Limits adjust the DC power supply to -9.00 Volt.
alarms you will need to reset
them to verify the alarms are Verify that the channel status is OK. Gradually increase (more
now inactive. negative) the power supply voltage over the upper OK limit.
Verify that the HMI reports not OK and the monitor LED is red

8-35
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
flashing. (Note the other channel should be OK or you cannot use
the LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage back to
-9.00 Volt and verify that channel status is OK. Decrease the
power supply voltage (more positve) below the lower OK limit
and verify that the channel status is not OK
14.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect Vt, COM, and SIG
field wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns
to the OK state.
15.) Repeat steps 1 through 14 for the other channel.

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Acceleration Channel

Filter Corner Frequencies
The procedure for testing these parameters is to simulate an
Acceleration signal with a function generator and power supply. The
corner frequencies are verified by setting the signal frequency at the
filter corner and verifying the correct amplitude.
Use the test equipment setup, verification frequency calculation, and
Application Advisory:
If the channel units are
full scale voltage calculations shown in the section on “Verifying
integrated, change the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Acceleration Channels”.
configuration to a non-
integrated full scale range to
test the filters. After you are 1.) Disconnect the Vt, SIG, and COM field wiring from the terminals
finished return the channel to
its original configuration. on the terminal base.
2.) Connect the test equipment. The signal is input to the SIG
terminal and the test equipment is referenced to COM.
3.) Calculate the Verification Frequency using the procedure in the
previous section. Adjust the function generator to the verification
frequency using a sinewave.
4.) Calculate the Full Scale Voltage using the procedure in the
referenced section. Adjust the function generator to the full scale
voltage.
5.) Verify that the Direct value at the HMI reads correctly.
6.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the low pass filter
corner frequency. Verify that the Direct value reads between 65%
and 75% of full scale. If you are using the 1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base with internal isolators you may need to account for
the amplitude frequency response of the internal isolator. See the
specification in Appendix E.
7.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the high pass filter
corner frequency. Verify that the Direct value reads between 65%
and 75% of full scale. If you are using the 1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base with internal isolators you may need to account for
the amplitude frequency response of the internal isolator. See the
specification in Appendix E.
8.) If the reading does not meet specification, check the input signal.
If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to the section
on “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.
8-36
 Chapter 8 — System Verification
9.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect A and B field wiring
to the channel terminals on the terminal base. Verify that the
channel returns to the OK state.
10.) Return the channel to its original configuration.
11.) Repeat steps 1 through 10 for other configured channels.

8-37
 FieldMonitor™ User Manual

If a Channel Fails a Verification Test

Application Advisory:
When the internal galvanic
isolators are used it effects 1.) Replace the module with a spare. Refer to Chapter 3 for
accuracy, offset, and installation instructions and to Chapter 10 for ordering
frequency response.
Before a channel is failed
information.
check the isolator specification 2.) Return the faulty module to Bently Nevada Corporation for
in Appendix E.
repair. Be sure to describe the symptoms of the problem, the
configuration of the monitor, and the test it failed.
3.) Verify the operation of the spare.

Internal Proximitor The transducer system does not require verification at regular
intervals. You should, however, verify operation by using the
Module Verification scale factor verification procedure explained below if any of the
following conditions occur:
• components of the system are replaced or disturbed
• the performance of the system changes or becomes erratic
• you suspect that the transducer is not calibrated correctly

The scale factor verification procedure requires the following

instruments:
3 1/2 digit multimeter
spindle micrometer

The scale factor verification procedure uses the test setup as shown in
the following figure:

Channel Identification
Kφ 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B

Probe, Target, and Spindle

Micrometer
Kφ(Ch A only) 2 3 4 5
8-38
Sensor Identification
 Chapter 8 — System Verification

Scale Factor Verification

1 2 3
460 µm Multimeter 500 µm
or or
18 mil -3.00 ± 0.1 Vdc 20 mil

500 µm 200 µm
or or
20 mil 8 mil

250 µm
or
10 mil
Set the micrometer to 18 mils Adjust the gap to electrical zero
and then back it out to 20 mils by moving the probe until the Adjust the micrometer until it
being careful not to reverse the multimeter reads reads 8 mils and back it out to
direction of travel during this -3.00 ± 0.1 Vdc. 10 mils. Again, be careful not to
operation. Backing the reverse the direction of rotation
micrometer compensates for while approaching 10 mils.
mechanical backlash.

4 n Adjust Record Calculate Scale Factor

Micrometer Voltages
Multimeter to...
ISFn ASF
Increments:
250 µm
µm or mil mVdcn (Incremental (Average
Scale Factor) Scale Factor)
or 1 250 10 ________
10 mil
2 500 20 ________ ________
3 750 30 ________ ________
4 1000 40 ________ ________
5 1250 50 ________ ________
6 1500 60 ________ ________
7 1725 70 ________ ________
Record multimeter readings in 8 2000 80 ________ ________
10 mil increments from 10 to 90 9 2250 90 ________ ________
mils in the table to the right and
calculate ISF and ASF values.
Note: For the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor, the readings
should be recorded from 10 to 70 mils. Also, replace the 2000 µm
with 1500 µm and replace the 80 mils with 60 mils when calculating
the ASF for the 170150 Proximitor module.

8-39
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

mVdc n - 1 − mVdc n mVdc 250 mm - mVdc 2250 mm

ISFn (mV/mm) = ASF(mV/mm) =
0.250 mm 2.00 mm

mVdc n - 1 − mVdc n mVdc 10 mil - mVdc 90 mil

ISFn (mV / mil) = ASF(mV / mil) =
10 mil 80 mil
If the incremental scale factor (ISF) or the average scale factor (ASF)
of the system is out of tolerance, contact Bently Nevada Corporation
for further information on possible calibration problems.

Transducer I/O The transducer I/O modules are verified as part of the Monitor
Verification procedure. If you suspect a problem with a
Module Verification transducer I/O module you should replace it with a spare. If the
problem goes away then replace the faulty I/O module.

Internal Galvanic The internal isolators are verified as part of the Monitor
Verification procedure. If you suspect a problem with an
Isolator internal isolator you should replace it with a spare. If the
problem goes away then replace the faulty isolator.

24 Volt Power Apply power and verify that the power supply OK LED is on
steady. If the OK LED is not on steady, go to Troubleshooting,
Supply Verification page 9-1.

8-40
 Chapter
Chapter 9

Troubleshooting
This chapter describes how to troubleshoot problems with:
• the system
• monitors
• internal Proximitor modules
• transducer I/O modules
• internal isolators
• power supply

System This section describes some methods to troubleshoot

communication problems. These types of communication
Troubleshooting problems are identified by a fault condition on the adapter
LEDs or system software.

Communication Problems
The network adapters have a set of indicator LEDs on their top panel.
Use the adapter’s manual to identify the LED fault indications.
Typically, the network management software or the adapter LEDs
will help you determine if the problem is on the network side or on
the Flexbus side (local). For example an Allen-Bradley 1794 ACN
Application Alert:
POWER SEQUENCING will indicate a missing module by a red STATUS LED.
If the problem is on the network use your network, adapter, and
If certain types of adapters are
powered before the controller documentation to troubleshoot the problem.
FieldMonitor system then the If the problem is “local” then use your adapter and Flex
adapter may not detect the
1701 modules. documentation plus the steps below to troubleshoot the problem. The
most common fault is mismatch between the installed modules and
Sequence power so that the the configuration.
FieldMonitor system and the
adapter power at the same 1.) Verify that the configuration loaded in the controller is valid and
time. matches the type, position, and number of the 1701 monitors and
Flex modules.
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

2.) Verify that your adapter has the correct address.

Application Advisory:
After correcting configuration, 3.) Verify that all the modules are installed properly in the correct
controller, or installation position according to their configuration. (If a monitor is removed
problems, be sure that the under power it will generate a fault.). If you change configuration,
configuration is sent to the
adapter. cycle power to the adapter and the FieldMonitor system.
4.) Verify that the 1701 Slot Offset switch is correctly set. See
One way to do this is to cycle
power to the adapter and “Setting the Slot Offset Switch” in Chapter 3. After you reinstall
modules. This will generally the power supply, cycle power.
force the controller to transfer
configuration to the adapter. 5.) Verify the connection of the 1701 terminal base to FlexBus. See
Chapter 3, Installation. Check for bent pins in the Flex male
connectors. Replace any bad parts, cycle power to the adapter and
the FieldMonitor system, and recheck.
6.) If none of the above solve the problem, then you may have a
faulty module, terminal base, or adapter. The likelyhood of this is
low and you should make sure you have adequately explored
configuration and installation.
7.) If you cannot communicate to a particular 1701 monitor, then
replace it with the same type and cycle power to the adapter and
the FieldMonitor system.
8.) If none of the monitors in any slot in the terminal base can be
made to communicate, then replace the terminal base.

Monitor This section shows how to interpret fault information from the
monitors status word and LED. Information here applies to the
Troubleshooting
1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor and 1701/25 Seismic Input
Monitor.

Monitor LED Fault Conditions

STATUS LED Conditions Indicated Actions
OFF Power is off, LED is defective, Verify that the power supply OK
monitor is defective, or power LED is on. Verify that the monitor is
supply is defective installed correctly and there is not a
field wiring fault. If the problem
persists replace the monitor
Green flashing at 1 Hz Monitor is communicating on Cycle power. Verify that the
Flexbus but is not configured. configuration is correct for the slot
and module type. See
“Communication Problems” above.
Green steady Monitor is configured and monitor Module is operating normally.
and transducers are OK.
Alternate green/red flashing One or both channels are in Alarm.
Red flashing at 1 Hz Recoverable fault such as: one or Read the monitors Monitor Read
both transducers are Not OK, Status Word to determine the
Monitor is in Timed OK Channel specific condition. See the section
Defeat, the monitor is Not OK, or below for configuration faults.
the configuration is not valid A common fault is transducer field
wiring is faulted or transducer I/O
module is not installed.
Red steady Non-recoverable fault Cycle power. If the problem
persists, check the entire system.
Replace the module.
9-2
 Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

Monitor Status Codes

The monitor status is returned in bits 12, 13, 14, and 15 of the Read
Status Word, word 5 in the I/O data table for the 1701/15 and 1701/25
monitors.
The table below shows the monitor status code in binary, the
condition(s), and the indicated action.
Code Condition Indicated Action
MSB LSB
0 0 0 0 Unconfigured Send configuration.
0 0 0 1 Ch A is OK and Ch B is Verify that the channel B transducer, field wiring, and
NOT OK transducer I/O module are installed and correct.
0 0 1 0 Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B Verify that the channel A transducer, field wiring, and
is OK transducer I/O module are installed and correct.
0 0 1 1 Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B Verify that the transducer, field wiring, and transducer
is NOT OK I/O module are installed and correct.
0 1 0 0 Configuration fault on Ch A. An invalid configuration has been downloaded for
Ch B is OK channel A. Verify that the monitor is correctly
configured and check for configuration
incompatibilities on channel A. (See the table below
for a list of configuration checks and how to look for
incompatibility problems)
0 1 0 1 Configuration fault on Ch A An invalid configuration has been downloaded for
and Ch B is NOT OK channel A. Verify that the monitor is correctly
configured and check for configuration
incompatibilities on channel A. (See the table below
for a list of configuration checks and how to look for
compatibility problems)
Verify that the channel B transducer, field wiring, and
transducer I/O module are installed and correct.
0 1 1 0 Ch A is OK and there is a An invalid configuration has been downloaded for
configuration fault on Ch B. channel B. Verify that the monitor is correctly
configured and check for configuration
incompatibilities on channel B. (See the table below
for a list of configuration checks and how to look for
compatibility problems)
0 1 1 1 Ch A is NOT OK and there An invalid configuration has been downloaded for
is a configuration fault on channel B. Verify that the monitor is correctly
Ch B. configured and check for configuration
incompatibilities on channel B. (See the table below
for a list of configuration checks and how to look for
compatibility problems)
Verify that the channel A transducer, field wiring, and
transducer I/O module are installed and correct.
1 0 0 0 Configuration faults on Ch A An invalid configuration has been downloaded. Verify
and Ch B. that the monitor is correctly configured, in the correct
slot, and check for configuration incompatibilities on
both channels. (See the table below for a list of
configuration checks and how to look for compatibility
problems)

1 0 0 1 Unused
1 0 1 0 Unused
1 0 1 1 Unused
1 1 0 0 Unused
1 1 0 1 Unused
1 1 1 0 Hardware fault Verify that the Power Supply is operating correctly.
Check the monitors field wiring connections. Check
other field wiring connections. Cycle power. If the
problem persists replace the monitor.

9-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Code Condition Indicated Action
MSB LSB
1 1 1 1 Module OK and operating
normally.

The 1701/15 and 1701/25 monitors will check certain configuration

options for compatibility. If incompatible options are detected a
configuration fault status is returned.

The configuration options checked by the monitors are:

Monitor Internal Compatibility Check Comments
Transducer vs. barrier option Certain transducer types are not approved for use with
safety barriers or certain types of safety barriers.
Transducer selections on the two channels are When using Dual Internal Proximitor Modules both
compatible channels must be configured as the same type. If one
channel is configured as a 3000 series –18 volt
Proximitor Sensor then the other channel must be the
same.
Transducer vs. full scale range vs. trip multiply Certain transducer types have range limitations.
Setpoints are in range Direct setpoints must be in the range of 0 to 200. This
is a boundary check.
Over/Under setpoints are not crossed Over and under setpoints must not be crossed. The
over setpoint must be greater than the under setpoint.
Selected filter option codes are valid choices Filter option tables contain reserved codes that cannot
be selected.
Velocity channel filter corner frequencies are at least 2 For velocity channels it is possible to set high pass and
octaves apart low pass filters close enough together to degrade
passband performance.
High pass filter selection for 1701/25 channels is For Velocity channels configured for rms or integration
compatible with signal processing and Acceleration channels configured for rms, the high
pass corner can be no lower than 10 Hz. Acceleration
channels configured for integration cannot have a high
pass corner below 20 Hz
1701/25 full scale range vs Acceleration Monitor Type The 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor can be configured
for three types of Acceleration Input Monitor. A type 1
acceleration monitor does not allow integration on
either channel.

Tables showing option compatibility can be found using the table

below.
Monitor and Channel Type Appendix
1701/15 configured for radial vibration channels Appendix A
1701/15 configured for thrust position channels Appendix B
1701/25 configured for Velocity or Velomitor sensors Appendix C
1701/25 configured for Acceleration sensors Appendix D


Internal Proximitor This section shows how to interpret a fault indication and
isolate faults in an installed transducer system. Before
Module beginning this procedure, be sure the system has been installed
Troubleshooting correctly and all connectors have been secured properly in the
correct locations.

9-4
 Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting
Definitions and Symbols
Symbol Definition

A>B "A" value is more positive than "B"

A<B "A" value is more negative than "B"
A=B "A" same value (or very close) to "B"

Vsig Voltage measured at the BNC

connector on the terminal base.
Disconnect

Connect

Inspect

When a malfunction occurs, locate the appropriate fault, check the

probable causes for the fault indication, and follow the procedure to
isolate and correct the fault. Use a digital voltmeter to measure
voltage.
Fault Possible Causes
-1 Vdc < VSIG < 0 Vdc Probe is incorrectly gapped (too close to target)
Faulty internal Proximitor Sensor
Probe is detecting other material than target (counterbore or machine case)
Short or open circuit in a connector (dirty)
Short or open circuit in the probe
Probe is connected to the incorrect connector on the internal Proximitor
module
Voltmeter is connected to incorrect channel on terminal base

Is the probe gapped correctly? No

Are the counterbore dimensions correct? Take corrective
Are the connectors connected to the correct action and retest
channel? the system.

Yes

9-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Inspect for clean connection. Yes

Clean connector,
reassemble, and
Dirty, rusty, poor connection? retest the system

No

RTOTAL

Measure resistance, RTOTAL:

Yes
Within specifications?
170133 series 170172 series
5 m system: 8.75 ± 0.70 Ω 5 m system: 6.97 ± 0.80 Ω Faulty Internal
9 m system: 9.87 ± 0.90 Ω 9 m system: 10.00 ± 1.2 Ω Proximitor
14 m system: 11.27 ± 1.15 Ω Sensor
170150 series
5m system: 5.3 ± 0.70 Ω
7m system: 5.9 ± 0.90 Ω

No
9-6
 Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

RPROBE

Measure resistance, RPROBE: No

For 3300 series Faulty probe
or 3300 XL series: 7.3 Ω + 0.28 Ω/m (7.3 Ω + 0.087 Ω/ft) ± 0.50 Ω
For 3300 RAM series
or 3300 NSv series: 3.9 Ω + 0.28 Ω/m (3.9 Ω + 0.087 Ω/ft) ± 0.50 Ω
For 7200 series: 3.3 Ω + 0.738 Ω/m (7.3 Ω + 0.225 Ω/ft) ± 0.50 Ω

Within specifications?

Yes

9-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
RJACKET

RCORE

Measure resistance, RJACKET and RCORE.

For 3300 ,3300 XL, 3300 RAM, or 3300 NSv  series extension cable:
Center conductor (RCORE) 0.222 Ω/m (0.067 Ω/ft)
Shield (RJACKET) 0.066 Ω/m (0.020 Ω/ft) No

For a 7200 series extension cable: Faulty Extension

Center conductor (RCORE) 0.74 Ω/m (0.225 Ω/ft) Cable
Shield (RJACKET) 0.06 Ω/m (0.017 Ω/ft)

Within specifications?

Yes

Contact a Bently Nevada Product

Service representative

9-8
 Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

Fault Possible causes

-26.8 V < VSIG < -23.1 V Faulty internal Proximitor  Sensor
Probe is incorrectly gapped (too far from target)

No
Measure VSIG: Faulty Internal
Proximitor
-1.2 Vdc < VSIG < -0.3 Vdc? Sensor
Yes

Reconnect system
Regap the probe
Retest system

Transducer I/O This section shows how to interpret a fault indication and isolate
faults in a transducer I/O module. Before beginning this procedure,
Module be sure the system has been installed correctly and all connectors
Troubleshooting have been secured properly in the correct locations.
When a malfunction occurs, locate the appropriate fault, check the
probable causes for the fault indication, and follow the procedure to
isolate and correct the fault. Use a digital voltmeter to measure
voltage.

9-9
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Fault Possible causes

-1 Vdc < Vsig < 0 Vdc System is not powered or power supply is faulty.
System is powered, but I/O Module is not supplying power to
transducer(faulty I/O Module)
Transducer field wiring is incorrectly installed. Check wiring
Transducer is faulty. Refer to transducer operation manual.
If system is powered properly and connections are all correct:

Is the I/O module supplying the correct voltage to the transducer? No

Check Vxdcr at the terminal base by disconnecting the transducer field Faulty I/O
wiring and measuring the voltage across the terminals as indicated. module or power
Reference the table below for correct voltages and the table on page 3- supply
12 for which terminals to measure across.

Yes

Problem with transducer. Refer to transducer

operation manual.

Transducer supply voltages for various transducer I/O modules when

the transducer is disconnected.
Transducer Supply Voltages
(Measure at the terminal base with respect to common and with transducer
wiring disconnected)
Transducer I/O 1701/05 Terminal 1701/06 Isolator
Module Type Base System Terminal Base
System.
(use hazardous side
common)
Vt A or Vt B Vt A or Vt B
Expected Range Expected Range
170180-01-xx -24.3 Vdc to –25.7 Vdc -23.3 Vdc to –25.0 Vdc

170180-05-xx -17.2 Vdc to –18.6 Vdc Not Applicable

9-10
 Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

Transducer Supply Voltages

(Measure at the terminal base with respect to common and with transducer
wiring disconnected)
Transducer I/O 1701/05 Terminal 1701/06 Isolator
Module Type Base System Terminal Base System
(use hazardous side
common)
Expected Expected Expected Expected
Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage
Range at Range at Range at Range at
Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
A, (in Vdc) B, (in Vdc) A, (in Vdc) B, (in Vdc)

170180-02-xx -4.8 to – -6.3 to – -4.8 to – -6.3 to –

(or Ch B of 170180-04- 5.2 6.7 5.2 6.7
xx)

Transducer Supply Voltages for Velomitor sensors

(Measure with at the terminal base with respect to common , transducer
wiring disconnected, and a 4 KΩ resistor between terminals A and B.)
Transducer I/O 1701/05 Terminal 1701/06 Isolator
Module Type Base System Terminal Base System
(use hazardous side
common)
Expected Expected Expected Expected
Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage
Range at Range at Range at Range at
Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
A, (in Vdc) B, (in Vdc) A, (in Vdc) B, (in Vdc)

170180-03-xx 0.05 to -11.75 to 0.05 to -11.75 to

(or Ch A of 170180-04- –0.05 –15.75 –0.05 –15.75
xx)

Internal Isolator This section shows how to interpret a fault indication and
isolate faults in an internal galvanic isolator. Before beginning
Troubleshooting this procedure, be sure the system has been installed correctly
and all connectors have been secured properly in the correct
locations.

Fault Possible Cause

-1 Vdc < Vsig < 0 Vdc System is not powered or power supply is faulty.
System is powered, but I/O Module is not supplying
power to transducer (faulty I/O Module)
System is powered, but Isolator is not supplying power
to I/O module or is not passing signal correctly (faulty
Isolator)
Transducer field wiring is incorrectly installed. Check
wiring
Transducer is faulty. Refer to transducer operation
manual.

If power is on, correct modules are installed, and wiring is correct

then:
1. Disconnect the transducer field wiring.

9-11
 FieldMonitor™ User Manual
2. Perform the checks described above in the section about
“Transducer I/O Module Troubleshooting”. If the checks indicate
a faulty I/O module then replace the Isolator with a spare and re-
run the checks. If the transducer supply voltages are now correct
then replace the original Isolator. If the transducer supply voltages
are not correct then replace the I/O module.
3. Re-connect the transducer and verify the channel returns to the
OK state.
4. If the channel does not return to proper behavior then either the
transducer is bad or a more complex fault exists in the Isolator or
I/O module. In this case, you can run the appropriate Verification
procedure in Chapter 8 to determine if the Monitor, Isolator, and
Transducer I/O Module set is operating correctly.

24 Volt Power If the power supply OK LED is OFF, this may indicate a power
supply problem.
Supply
Troubleshooting
Use this procedure to troubleshoot a power supply problem:
1. Verify that the green status LEDs on the monitors are off. If they
Caution are on then the power supply OK LED may be defective. Replace
Do not touch the heatsink. the power supply.
The heatsink may be hot 2. Verify that the +24 Vdc source to the terminal base is on, within
and could cause burns to specification, and wired to the base correctly, (reverse wiring will
exposed skin. blow the power supply fuse). If the power input wiring is
miswired then change the fuse and correct the wiring.
3. Remove installed modules one at a time and observe the power
supply OK LED. If the LED comes back on steady after removal
of a module then check the field wiring for the module. If the
field wiring is not faulted then replace the module
4. If you have completed steps 1 and 2 and have removed all the
modules in the base as described in step 3, and the power supply
OK LED is still off, then replace the power supply.
5. If you have completed step 4 and the power supply OK LED is
still off, then replace the terminal base.

Changing the fuse

1. Remove the power supply from the base, turn it over, and remove
Caution the fuse.
Do not touch the heatsink.
The heatsink may be hot 2. Replace the fuse with a fuse of the same rating. See Power Supply
and could cause burns to Specifications in Appendix E.
exposed skin.

9-12
 Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

fuse

3. Reinstall the power supply.

9-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

9-14
 Chapter
Chapter 10
Ordering Information
Use the part numbers listed in this chapter to order spare parts or
additional components for your FieldMonitor system.

FieldMonitor (1701) Part Description Part number

System Terminal Base 1701/05 - 01
Isolator Terminal Base 1701/06 - 01
24 Volt Power Supply 1701/10 - 01
Proximitor Input Monitor 1701/15 - 01
Seismic Input Monitor 1701/25 - 01

Configuration Part Description Part number

Software FieldMonitor Configuration 1701/01-01, User Package
Applet for RSLogix5
1701/01-02, Integrator Package
FieldMonitor Configuration 1701/02-01, User Package
Profile for RSLogix5000,
1701/02-02, Integrator Package

1701 Internal Dual Part Description Part number

Galvanic Isolator Dual Galvanic Isolator 170190-01

1701 Transducer I/O A B

Part number 170180 - -
Modules
A I/O Module Type
01 Dual Proximitor/ Accelerometer I/O Module
02 Dual Velocity I/O Module
03 Dual Velomitor I/O Module
04 Velomitor A & Velocity B I/O Module
05 Dual -18 V Proximitor I/O Module
B Hazardous Area Approval
00 CSA Div II / LCIE Zone 2
05 Multi Agency
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

1701 Internal
 Sensors
3300 Series Dual Proximitor
Proximitor
Modules
A B
Part number 170133 - -
A Proximitor type
050 3300 Internal Dual 5 metre Proximitor Sensor
090 3300 Internal Dual 9 metre Proximitor Sensor
140 3300 Internal Dual 14 metre Proximitor Sensor

B Hazardous Area Approval

00 CSA Div II / LCIE Zone 2
05 Multi Agency

 Series Dual Proximitor

3300 NSv  Sensor
A B
Part number 170150 - -
A Proximitor Type
070 3300 NSv Internal Dual 7 metre Proximitor Sensor

B Hazardous Area Approval

00 CSA Div II

 Sensor
7200 Series Dual Proximitor
A B
Part number 170172 - -
A Proximitor Type
050 7200 Internal Dual 5 metre Proximitor Sensor
090 7200 Internal Dual 9 metre Proximitor Sensor
B Hazardous Area Approval
00 CSA Div II / LCIE Zone 2
05 Multi-Agency

1701 Proximity
Transducer System 3300 XL Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer
Cables System Extension Cables
Refer to the datasheet (p/n 141194-01), the 3300 XL manual (p/n
141078-01), or contact your Bently Nevada representative for other
cable information.

10-2
 Chapter 10 — Ordering Information

7200 Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer System

Extension Cables
Refer to the 7200 series 5 & 8mm manual (p/n TW8026800) or
contact your Bently Nevada representative for cable information.

 Series Proximity Transducer System

3300 NSv
Extension Cables
Refer to the datasheet (p/n 147385-01), 3300 NSv series manual
(p/n 147357-01), or contact your Bently Nevada representative for
cable information.

1701 Proximity The 170133 3300 series internal Proximitor module will work
Transducer System with any standard 3300 or 3300 XL series 5 or 8 mm probe.
Use the manual (p/n 141708-01 for 8mm or p/n 86130-01 for
Probes 5mm probes) or datasheet (p/n 141194-01 or 141605-01) for
these parts.
The 170150 3300 NSv  series internal Proximitor module
will work with any standard 3300 NSv or RAM probe. Use
the manual (p/n 147357-01) or datasheet (p/n 147385-01) for
these parts.
The 170172 7200 series internal Proximitor module will work
with any standard 7200 series 5 or 8 mm probe. Use the manual
(p/n TW8026800) for these parts.

1701 Cables 1701 Dynamic Cable

The dynamic cable is used to connect the buffered dynamic signals to
a “patch panel”.
A B
Part number 138925 - -
A Cable Length in feet
005 5 ft
007 7 ft
010 10 ft
025 25 ft
050 50 ft
100 100 ft
B Cable Assembly
00 Unassembled
02 Assembled

10-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Accessories
Part Part Description
Number
01700025 Spare fuse for the 1701/10 Power Supply

139193-01 Blank Slot Cover Kit. Use to cover blank monitor,

galvanic isolator, or transducer i/o slots in the terminal
bases.
02200492 Allen-Bradley 1794 CE1Flex IO 0.3 meter extension
cable
02200493 Allen-Bradley 1794 CE3Flex IO 0.9 meter extension
cable

Flex Network
Adapters
Bently Description Manufacturer Manufacturer Part
Nevada Number
Part
Number
02200360 ControlNet Allen-Bradley 1794 ACN
02200361 ControlNet, Allen-Bradley 1794 ACNR
redundant
media
02200378 Allen-Bradley Allen-Bradley 1794 ASB
Remote I/O
02200379 DeviceNet Allen-Bradley 1794 ADN
02200179 Profibus DP Prosoft 3170 PDP
Technology
02200381 Modbus Prosoft 3170 MBS
Technology

10-4
 Chapter 10 — Ordering Information

FieldMonitor Part Description Part number

Enclosure Stainless steel Type 4X (IP 64) 1701/50 - AA –BB
enclosure for the 1701/05
Terminal Base Option AA: Determines if subpanel and
din rail is installed.
See the 1701/50 Installation AA = 00: Installation hardware not
Guide, part number: 143815-01 provided.
AA = 01 Installation hardware provided

Option BB: Determines quantity of

included conduit hub fittings
BB = 00: No conduit fittings included
BB = 01: 4 ¾ inch NPT conduit hubs
BB = 02: 6 ¾ inch NPT conduit hubs
BB = 03: 8 ¾ inch NPT conduit hubs

This enclosure can mount a single 1701/05 Terminal Base. It is a 316

stainless steel Type 4/IP 64 enclosure. It can be ordered with a
subpanel pre-installed with DIN rail and terminal base mounting holes
pre-drilled and tapped. Conduit hubs can also be included as hardware
but knockouts must be done in the field.

10-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

10-6
 Appendix
Appendix A
Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor
Comm. Description 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Direction
Word READ M.S.W S.A. S.A. r/w 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 error & r/w error
error
Word READ CH A DIRECT 16 Bit Proportional Value (0 - 1000 counts proportional to 0 to 100% of the full scale range)
1
Word READ CHA GAP 16 Bit Value Scaled 0 to -24,000 counts = 0 to -24Volts
2
Word READ CHB DIRECT 16 Bit Proportional Value (0 - 1000 counts proportional to 0 to 100% of the full scale range)
3
Word READ CHB GAP 16 Bit Value Scaled 0 to -24,000 counts = 0 to -24Volts
4
MON MON MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
Word READ MON & CHAN STAT STAT STAT STAT TOK TOK ON ON ALERT DNGR ALERT DNGR TM TM INH ACTIVE
5 STATUS Enabled Enabled ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE

Word WRITE CHA XDCR & CHA Transducer Type CHA Scale Factor
6 SCALE
FACTOR
Word WRITE CHB XDCR & CHB Transducer Type CHB Scale Factor
7 SCALE
FACTOR
Word WRITE CHA F.S.R. & CHA Full Scale Range CHA Gap Over Alert Setpoint
8 GAP
SETPOINT
Word WRITE CHB F.S.R. & CHB Full Scale Range CHA Gap Under Alert Setpoint
9 GAP
SETPOINT
Word WRITE CH B GAP CHB Gap Over Alert Setpoint CHB Gap Under Alert Setpoint
10 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE CHA DIRECT CHA Danger Setpoint CHA Alert Setpoint
11 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE CHB DIRECT CHB Danger Setpoint CHB Alert Setpoint
12 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE FILTER CHA HP Corner CHA LP Corner CHB HP Corner CHB LP Corner
13 CONFIG
Word WRITE ALARM TIME CHA Danger Time Delay CHA Alert Time Delay CHB Danger Time Delay CHB Alert Time Delay
14 DELAYS
MON BAR BAR SET MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
Word WRITE CONTROL RST MSb LSb CONFIG TYPE TYPE ON OR ON OR TM TM TM TM TM TM INH
15 OFF OFF MSb LSb MSb LSb ENA ENA
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Channel Direct Proportional Value and Channel Gap
Monitor Type 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor
Word 1 through 4
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
16-bit Proportional Value 1
16-bit Value scaled 0 to -24000 counts = 0 to -24 V 2
16-bit Proportional Value 3
16-bit Value scaled 0 to -24000 counts = 0 to -24 V 4

A-2
 Appendix A —Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor

Monitor and Channel Status

Monitor Type 1701/15 – Radial Vibration Monitor
Word 5
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit Description Monitor Status Ch A Ch B Ch A Ch B Ch A Ch A Ch B Ch B Ch A TM Ch B TM Ch A INH Ch B
TOK TOK ON ON Alert Danger Alert Danger Active Active active INH
enabled enabled Active Active Active Active active

Bits Monitor Status Timed OK Channel Defeat (TOK)

15 14 13 12 bits Settings
0 0 0 0 Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING) 11 = Channel A Radial vibration monitors
0 0 0 1 Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK 10 = Channel B have TOK always enabled
(bits set to 11).
0 0 1 0 Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK
0 0 1 1 Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK Channel ON/OFF (ON)
0 1 0 0 Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK bits Settings
0 1 0 1 Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK 9 = Channel A 0 = channel is off
0 1 1 0 Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B 8 = Channel B 1 = channel is on
0 1 1 1 Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B
1 0 0 0 Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B Channel Alarm Status
1 0 0 1 Unused bits Settings
1 0 1 0 Unused 7 = Channel A alert 0 = alarm not active
1 0 1 1 Unused alarm status 1 = alarm active
1 1 0 0 Unused 6 = Channel A danger
1 1 0 1 Unused alarm status
1 1 1 0 Hardware fault (NO ALARMING) 5 = Channel B alert
1 1 1 1 Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK, alarm status
4 = Channel B danger
alarm status

Trip Multiply Status

bits Settings
3 = Channel A 0 = trip multiply not active
2 = Channel B 1 = trip multiply active

Channel Inhibit Status

bits Settings
1 = Channel A 0 = inhibit not active
0 = Channel B 1 = inhibit active A-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Transducer Type and Transducer Scale Factor

Monitor Type 1701/15 – Radial Vibration Monitor
Word 6 and 7
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Transducer Type Channel A Scale Factor 6
Channel B Transducer Type Channel B Scale Factor 7

Bits Transducer Type Transducer scale factor

15 14 13 12 The actual value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale
0 0 0 0 Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mm factor.
0 0 0 1 Internal 7200 series 8mm or 5mm
0 0 1 0 External 3300 or 3300 XL series 8mm To calculate the offset:
or 5 mm, includes 330800 PROXPAC 1. Use the table showing Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor Range (next page) to
determine the allowed range span and the minimum scale factor for the
0 0 1 1 External 7200 5/8mm
transducer you are using. The actual transducer scale factor must be within the
0 1 0 0 External 7200 series 11 mm
range.
0 1 0 1 External 7200 series 14 mm 2. Calculate the scale factor offset:
0 1 1 0 External -18 Volt 3000 series
0 1 1 1 External 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL
NSv ScaleFactor_ Offset = Integer
 ActualScaleFactor - MinScaleFactor • 4095
1 0 0 0 Internal 3300 NSv
 SF_ AdjustSpan 
1 0 0 1 where:
1 0 1 0 ScaleFactor_Offset = the decimal offset value. Always a positive
1 0 1 1 number.
1 1 0 0 ActualScaleFactor = the actual transducer scale factor, (or nominal if
1 1 0 1 the actual is not known).
MinScaleFactor = the minimum allowed scale factor.
1 1 1 0
SF_AdjustSpan = the span.
1 1 1 1
3. Convert the result, ScaleFactor_Offset, to an unsigned 12 bit binary integer and
load this integer into bits 11 through 0 (11 = most significant bit and 0 = least
significant bit).

Example:
Transducer: 3300 5 mm
Scale Factor: 200 mV/mil (ActualScaleFactor)
From the table: MinScaleFactor = 170 mV/mil
SF_AdjustSpan = 60 mV

ScaleFactor_Offset = Integer {[ (200 - 170)/60] x (4095) } = 2048

Convert to binary: 1000 0000 0000
A-4
 Appendix A —Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor

Transducer Type vs Scale Factor

Proximitor Sensors
Transducer Type Scale Factors
mV/mil (mV/ m )

Nominal Minimum Maximum Adjustment
Span
Internal 3300 series 200 170 230 60
8mm or 5mm (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
Internal 7200 series 200 170 230 60
8mm or 5mm (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
External 3300 or 3300 200 170 230 60
XL series 8mm or 5 (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
mm, includes 330800
PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm 200 170 230 60
(7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
External 7200 series 100 85 115 30
11 mm (3.937) (3.346) (4.527) (1.181)
External 7200 series 100 85 115 30
14 mm (3.937) (3.346) (4.527) (1.181)
External -18 Volt 3000 200 170 230 60
series (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
External 3300 RAM 200 170 230 60
(7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
Internal 3300 NSv 200 170 230 60
(7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
External 3300 XL 200 170 230 60
NSv (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)

A-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Full-scale Range and Alert Gap Setpoint

Monitor Type 1701/15 – Radial Vibration Monitor
Word 8, 9, 10
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Full-scale Range (not used) Channel A Over Alarm 1 (Alert) Gap Setpoint 8
Channel B Full-scale Range (not used) Channel A Under Alarm 1 (Alert) Gap Setpoint 9
Channel B Over Alarm 1 (Alert) Gap Setpoint Channel B Under Alarm 1 (Alert) Gap Setpoint 10

Alarm Gap Setpoint

Bits Direct Full-scale Range
To set gap alarm setpoints load the setpoint field with an unsigned binary 8-bit integer scaled between
15 14 13 12
0 and 240 decimal. A setpoint of 240 corresponds to -24 Volt DC (full scale) and 0 corresponds to 0
0 0 0 0 0 - 3 mils
Volts. The gap over alarm setpoint is the higher value. The setpoint resolution is 0.10 Volt. For a
0 0 0 1 0 - 5 mils proximity transducer system with a scale factor of 200 mV/mil the resolution is 0.5 mils.
0 0 1 0 0 - 10 mils
Example:
0 0 1 1 0 - 15 mils
Monitor type: Radial Vibration Scale factor: 189 mV/mil
0 1 0 0 0 - 20 mils
Transducer type: Internal 7200 5 mm Probe gap: -9.14 V
0 1 0 1 0 - 100 um Gap full-scale range: 24 V
0 1 1 0 0 - 125 um Over alarm setpoint: 12 mils over gap Under alarm setpoint: 6 mils under gap
0 1 1 1 0 - 150 um
1 0 0 0 0 - 200 um 1. Calculate the voltage for the over gap setpoint.
1 0 0 1 0 - 250 um Over setpoint = - 9.14 - (12 • 0.189)
1 0 1 0 0 - 300 um
1 0 1 1 0 - 400 um = - 11.408 V
1 1 0 0 0 - 500 um 2. Scale the over gap setpoint.
1 1 0 1 240 • - 11.408
Over setpoint =
1 1 1 0 24
1 1 1 1
= 114 decimal, rounded to closest integer
= 0111 0010 binary
3. Calculate the voltage for the under gap setpoint.
Under setpoint = - 9.14 + (6 • 0.189)
= - 8.006 V
4. Scale the under gap setpoint.
240 • - 8.006
Under setpoint =
24
= 80 decimal, rounded to closest integer
= 0101 0000 binary
5. Load the binary values for over and under gap setpoint into the appropriate setpoint fields.
A-6
 Appendix A —Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor

Channel Setpoints
Monitor Type 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor
Word 11 and 12
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint Channel A Alert (Alarm 1) Setpoint 11
Channel B Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint Channel B Alert (Alarm 1) Setpoint 12

Direct Alarm Setpoint

To set alarm setpoints load the setpoint field with an unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0
and 200 decimal. A setpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale and 0 corresponds to bottom
scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full scale range.
Example:
Full-scale range: 0 to 10 mil pp
Channel A Alarm 2 setpoint: 7 mil

1. Calculate the binary value for the setpoint.

7
Setpoint = • 200
10
= 140 decimal
= 1000 1100 binary
2. Load the binary value in the Channel A Alarm 2(Danger) setpoint field.

A-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Channel High-pass and Low-pass Corner Frequency
Monitor Type 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor
Word 13
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A HP Corner Channel A LP Corner Channel B HP Corner Channel B LP Corner 13

Code High Pass Corner Freq, Code Low Pass Corner Freq,
Hz Hz
0000 4 0000 4000
0001 1 0001 600
0010 0010
0011 0011
0100 0100
0101 0101
0110 0110
0111 0111
1000 1000
1001 1001
1010 1010
1011 1011
1100 1100
1101 1101
1110 reserved 1110 reserved
1111 reserved 1111 reserved

A-8
 Appendix A —Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor

Alarm Time Delay

Monitor Type 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor
Word 14
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Danger Time Channel A Alert Time Delay Channel B Danger Time Channel B Alert Time Delay 14
Delay Delay

Digital Code Alarm Time Delay, seconds

0000 0.15
0001 0.20
0010 0.30
0011 0.50
0100 0.60
0101 1.00
0110 2.00
0111 3.00
1000 5.00
1001 6.00
1010 10.00
1011 20.00
1100
1101
1110
1111

A-9
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Control Write Word
Monitor Type 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor
Word 15
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
MON BAR BAR SET MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
RST MSb LSb CONFIG TYPE TYPE ON OR ON OR TM TM TM TM TM TM INH 15
OFF OFF MSb LSb MSb LSb ENA ENA

Bit Abbreviation Description Setting

15 MON RST Monitor Reset 0 = normal operation
1 = Reset
14 BAR MSb Barrier Configuration MSb
Msb Lsb Safety Barrier
0 0 None
13 Bar LSb Barrier Configuration LSb 0 1 Internal Galvanic Isolator
1 0 External Zener Barrier
1 1 External Galvanic Isolator
12 Set Config Set Configuration Flag Bit 0 = Monitor will not accept configuration. Operation will halt.
1 = Normal operation mode.
11 MON Type Monitor Type MSb For Radial Vibration Monitors:
MSb bit 11 = 0
10 MON Type Monitor Type LSb bit 10 = 0
LSb
09 CHA ON\OFF Channel A ON\OFF 0 = Channel off
08 CHB ON\OFF Channel B ON\OFF 1 = Channel on
07 CHA TM MSb Channel A Trip Multiply MSb
Msb Lsb Trip Multiply Level
06 CHA TM LSb Channel A Trip Multiply LSb
0 0 None
0 1 1.5
05 CHB TM MSb Channel B Trip Multiply MSb
1 0 2.0
04 CHB TM LSb Channel B Trip Multiply LSb 1 1 3.0
03 CHA TM En Channel A Trip Multiply enable 0 = disabled
02 CHB TM En Channel B Trip Multiply enable 1 = enabled
01 CHA INH Channel A Inhibit 0 = not active
00 CHB INH Channel B Inhibit 1 = active
Where: MSb = most significant bit
LSb = least significant bit

A-10
 Appendix A —Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor

Compatibility Table
Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range vs. Trip Multiply for the Barrier Options
Transducer Type Full Scale Range Trip
No Barriers Internal Isolator External Zener Multiply
Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mm 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp not applicable 3X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 3X or less
0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 3X or less
0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 3X or less
0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 3X or less
Internal 7200 series 8mm or 5mm 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp not applicable 3X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 3X or less
0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 3X or less
0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 3X or less
0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 3X or less

A-11
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Transducer Type Full Scale Range Trip
No Barriers Internal Isolator External Zener Multiply
External 3300 or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp 3X or less
330800 PROXPAC 0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 3X or less
0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 3X or less
0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 3X or less
0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 3X or less
External 7200 5/8mm 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 3X or less
0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 3X or less
0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 3X or less
0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 3X or less
External 7200 series 11 mm 0 - 3 mil pp not applicable not applicable 3X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 15 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 125 um pp 3X or less
0 - 150 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 250 um pp 3X or less
0 - 300 um pp 3X or less
0 - 400 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 3X or less

A-12
 Appendix A —Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor

Transducer Type Full Scale Range Trip

No Barriers Internal Isolator External Zener Multiply
External 7200 series 14 mm 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp not applicable 3X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 3X or less
0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 3X or less
0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 3X or less
0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 3X or less
External -18 Volt 3000 series 0 - 3 mil pp not applicable not applicable 3X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 15 mil pp 2X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 1.5X or less
0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 125 um pp 3X or less
0 - 150 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 250 um pp 3X or less
0 - 300 um pp 2X or less
0 - 400 um pp 2X or less
0 - 500 um pp 1.5X or less
External 3300 XL NSv or 3300 RAM 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 2X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 1.5X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 3X or less
0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 3X or less
0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 2X or less
0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 2X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 1.5X or less

A-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Transducer Type Full Scale Range Trip
No Barriers Internal Isolator External Zener Multiply
Internal 3300 NSv 0 - 3 mil pp 0 - 3 mil pp not applicable 3X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 15 mil pp 0 - 15 mil pp 2X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 1.5X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 125 um pp 0 - 125 um pp 3X or less
0 - 150 um pp 0 - 150 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 250 um pp 0 - 250 um pp 3X or less
0 - 300 um pp 0 - 300 um pp 2X or less
0 - 400 um pp 0 - 400 um pp 2X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 1.5X or less

A-14
 Appendix A —Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor

Compatibility Table
Radial Vibration Transducer OK Limits vs. Transducer Type vs. Barrier Options
Radial Vibration OK Limits
Transducer No Barriers Internal Galvanic External Zener
Isolator Barrier
LOKV UOKV LOKV UOKV LOKV UOKV
Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mm -2.75 -16.75 -2.75 -16.75 na na
Internal 7200 series 8mm or 5mm -2.75 -16.75 -2.75 -16.75 na na
External 3300 or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes 330800 PROXPAC  -2.75 -16.75 --2.75 -16.75 -2.75 -16.75
External 7200 5/8mm -2.75 -16.75 --2.75 -16.75 -2.75 -16.75
External 7200 series 11 mm -3.60 -19.65 na na na na
External 7200 series 14 mm -2.75 -16.75 -2.75 -16.75 na na
External -18 Volt 3000 series -2.45 -12.05 na na na na
External 3300 XL NSv or 3300 RAM -2.45 -12.55 -2.45 -12.55 -2.45 -12.55
Internal 3300 NSv -2.45 -12.55 -2.45 -12.55 na na
If no OK Limits are shown then that transducer type is not allowed with that barrier option.

A-15
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

A-16
 Appendix
Appendix B
Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust Monitor
Comm. Description 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Direction
Word READ M.S.W S.A. S.A. & r/w error 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 error r/w err
Word READ CH A DIRECT 16 Bit Proportional Value (-500 counts to +500 counts proportional to 0 to 100 % of the full scale range)
1
Word READ CHA GAP 16 Bit Value Scaled 0 to -24,000 counts = 0 to -24Volts
2
Word READ CHB DIRECT 16 Bit Proportional Value (-500 counts to +500 counts proportional to 0 to 100 % of the full scale range)
3
Word READ CHB GAP 16 Bit Value Scaled 0 to -24,000 counts = 0 to -24Volts
4
MON MON MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
Word READ MON & CHAN STAT STAT STAT STAT TOK TOK ON ON ALERT DNGR ALERT DNGR THRUST THRUST INH ACTIVE
5 STATUS Disabled Disabled ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE DIRECTION DIRECTION ACTIVE

Word WRITE CHA XDCR & CHA Transducer Type CHA Scale Factor
6 SCALE
FACTOR
Word WRITE CHB XDCR & CHB Transducer Type CHB Scale Factor
7 SCALE
FACTOR
Word WRITE CHA F.S.R. & CHA Full Scale Range CHA Zero Position
8 ZERO
POSITION
Word WRITE CHB F.S.R. & CHB Full Scale Range CHB Zero Position
9 ZERO
POSITION
Word WRITE CHA DIRECT CHA Direct Over Danger Setpoint CHA Direct Under Danger Setpoint
10 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE CHA DIRECT CHA Direct Over Alert Setpoint CHA Direct Under Alert Setpoint
11 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE CHB DIRECT CHB Direct Over Danger Setpoint CHB Direct Under Danger Setpoint
12 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE CHB DIRECT CHB Direct Over Alert Setpoint CHB Direct Under Alert Setpoint
13 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE ALARM TIME CHA Danger Time Delay CHA Alert Time Delay CHB Danger Time Delay CHB Alert Time Delay
14 DELAYS
MON BAR BAR SET MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
Word WRITE CONTROL RST MSb LSb CONFIG TYPE TYPE ON OR ON OR DIR DIR INH
15 OFF OFF
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Channel Direct Proportional Value and Channel Gap
Monitor Type 1701/15 Thrust Position Monitor
Word 1 through 4
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
16-bit Proportional Value 1
16-bit Value scaled 0 to -24000 counts = 0 to -24 V 2
16-bit Proportional Value 3
16-bit Value scaled 0 to -24000 counts = 0 to -24 V 4

B-2
 Appendix B — Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust Monitor

Monitor and Channel Status

Monitor Type 1701/15 – Thrust Position Monitor
Word 5
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit Description Monitor Status Ch A Ch B Ch A Ch B Ch A Ch A Ch B Ch B Ch A DIR Ch B DIR Ch A INH Ch B
TOK TOK ON ON Alert Danger Alert Danger active INH
Disabled Disabled Active Active Active Active active

Bits Monitor Status

15 14 13 12
Timed OK Channel Defeat (TOK)
0 0 0 0 Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING)
bits Settings
0 0 0 1 Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK
11 = Channel A For Thrust Monitors, TOK
0 0 1 0 Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK
10 = Channel B is always disabled (bits
0 0 1 1 Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK set to 00).
0 1 0 0 Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK
0 1 0 1 Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK Channel ON/OFF (ON)
0 1 1 0 Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B bits Settings
0 1 1 1 Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B 9 = Channel A 0 = channel is off
1 0 0 0 Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B 8 = Channel B 1 = channel is on
1 0 0 1 Unused Channel Alarm Status
1 0 1 0 Unused
bits Settings
1 0 1 1 Unused
7 = Channel A alert 0 = alarm not active
1 1 0 0 Unused alarm status 1 = alarm active
1 1 0 1 Unused 6 = Channel A danger
1 1 1 0 Hardware fault (NO ALARMING) alarm status
1 1 1 1 Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK, 5 = Channel B alert
alarm status
4 = Channel B danger
alarm status

Normal Thrust Direction

bits Settings
3 = Channel A 0 = upscale direction
2 = Channel B toward the probe
1 = upscale direction
away from probe

Channel Inhibit Status

bits Settings
1 = Channel A 0 = inhibit not active
0 = Channel B 1 = inhibit active
B-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Transducer Type and Transducer Scale Factor

Monitor Type 1701/15 – Thrust Position Monitor
Word 6 and 7
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Transducer Type Channel A Scale Factor 6
Channel B Transducer Type Channel B Scale Factor 7

Bits Transducer Type Transducer scale factor

15 14 13 12 The actual value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale
0 0 0 0 Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mm factor.
0 0 0 1 Internal 7200 series 8mm or 5mm
0 0 1 0 External 3300 or 3300 XL series 8mm To calculate the offset:
or 5 mm, includes 330800 PROXPAC 1. Use the table showing Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor Range (next page) to
determine the allowed range span and the minimum scale factor for the
0 0 1 1 External 7200 5/8mm
transducer you are using. The actual transducer scale factor must be within the
0 1 0 0 External 7200 series 11 mm
range.
0 1 0 1 External 7200 series 14 mm
0 1 1 0 External -18 Volt 3000 series 2. Calculate the scale factor offset:
0 1 1 1 External 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL
NSv ScaleFactor_ Offset = Integer
 ActualScaleFactor - MinScaleFactor • 4095
1 0 0 0 Internal 3300 NSv  SF_ AdjustSpan 
1 0 0 1 where:
1 0 1 0 ScaleFactor_Offset = the decimal offset value. Always a positive
1 0 1 1 number.
1 1 0 0 ActualScaleFactor = the actual transducer scale factor, (or nominal if
1 1 0 1 the actual is not known).
1 1 1 0 MinScaleFactor = the minimum allowed scale factor.
1 1 1 1 SF_AdjustSpan = the span.

3. Convert the result, ScaleFactor_Offset, to an unsigned 12 bit binary integer and

load this integer into bits 11 through 0 (11 = most significant bit and 0 = least
significant bit).

B-4
 Appendix B — Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust Monitor

Transducer Type vs Scale Factor

Proximitor Sensors
Transducer Type Scale Factors
mV/mil (mV/ m )

Nominal Minimum Maximum Adjustment
Span
Internal 3300 series 200 170 230 60
8mm or 5mm (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
Internal 7200 series 200 170 230 60
8mm or 5mm (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
External 3300 or 3300 200 170 230 60
XL series 8mm or 5 (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
mm, includes 330800
PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm 200 170 230 60
(7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
External 7200 series 100 85 115 30
11 mm (3.937) (3.346) (4.527) (1.181)
External 7200 series 100 85 115 30
14 mm (3.937) (3.346) (4.527) (1.181)
External -18 Volt 3000 200 170 230 60
series (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
External 3300 RAM 200 170 230 60
(7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
Internal 3300 NSv 200 170 230 60
(7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)
External 3300 XL 200 170 230 60
NSv (7.87) (6.69) (9.05) (2.36)

B-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Full-scale Range and Zero Position Voltage
Monitor Type 1701/15 – Thrust Position Monitor
Word 8 and 9
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Full-scale Range Channel A Zero Position 8
Channel B Full-scale Range Channel B Zero Position 9

Zero Position
Bits Direct Full-scale Range
Configure the zero position voltage by calculating an offset and loading it in the thrust I/O data table as
15 14 13 12
a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer.
0 0 0 0 10 - 0 - 10 mils
0 0 0 1 25 - 0 - 25 mils To calculate the zero position voltage offset for a channel:
0 0 1 0 30 - 0 - 30 mils
1. Determine the allowed range and the low limit of the range (most positive gap voltage) for the
0 0 1 1 40 - 0 - 40 mils transducer you are using by referring to the table on pages B-7 and B-8. The actual zero position
0 1 0 0 50 - 0 - 50 mils voltage most be within the range.
0 1 0 1 75 - 0 - 75 mils
0 1 1 0 0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm 2. Calculate the offset:
0 1 1 1 0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
ZPV_ Offset = Integer
 ZPVRange_ Low - Actual_ UserZPV • 4095
1 0 0 0 0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm  ZPV_ Range 
1 0 0 1 0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
1 0 1 0 1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm where:
1 0 1 1 2.000 - 0 - 2.000 mm ZPV_Offset = the decimal offset value. Always a positive number.
1 1 0 0 ZPVRange_Low = the most positive allowed zero position voltage in signed volts.
1 1 0 1 Actual_UserZPV = the actual zero position voltage in signed volts.
1 1 1 0 ZPV_Range = the span in positive signed volts.
1 1 1 1
3. Convert the result, ZPV_Offset, to an unsigned 12 bit binary integer and load into bits 11 through 0
(11 is the most significant bit and 0 is the lease significant bit).
Example:
Full Scale Range: -10 mils to 0 to +10 mils
Transducer Type: External 7200 8 mm
Actual User Set ZPV: -9.15 Volts
Allowed ZPV Adjustment Range: (-6.20 to +14.20) = 8.00
Low limit of range: -6.20

ZPV_ Offset = Integer

 -6.20 - (-9.150) • 4095
 8 
= 1510 decimal

Convert to 12 bit unsigned binary: 0101 1110 0110

B-6
 Appendix B — Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust Monitor

Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range vs. Zero Position Voltage
Transducer Type Zero Position Voltage and Full-scale Range
Full Scale Thrust Range No Barriers Zero Position Internal Isolator Zero Zener Barrier
Voltage Range Position Voltage Range Zero Position
Voltage Range
Internal 3300 series 8 mm or 5 mm 10 - 0 - 10 mils -6.20 to -14.20 -6.20 to -14.20 not applicable
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
or 25 - 0 - 25 mils -7.20 to -13.20 -7.10 to -12.60 not applicable
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
Internal 7200 series 8 mm or 5 mm 0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils -8.20 to -12.20 -8.10 to -11.80 not applicable
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils -9.50 to -10.50 -9.40 to -10.20 not applicable
1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm
External 3300 series 5 mm or 8 mm 10 - 0 - 10 mils -6.20 to - 14.20 -6.20 to -14.20 -6.20 to - 14.20
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils -7.20 to -13.20 -7.10 to -12.60 -7.10 to -12.60
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils -8.20 to -12.20 -8.10 to -11.80 -8.10 to –11.80
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils -9.50 to -10.50 -9.40 to -10.20 -9.40 to –10.20
1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm
External 7200 series 5 mm or 8 mm 10 - 0 - 10 mils -6.20 to -14.20 -6.20 to -14.20 -6.20 to –14.20
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils -7.20 to -13.20 -7.10 to -12.60 -7.10 to –12.60
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils -8.20 to -12.20 -8.10 to -11.40 -8.10 to –11.40
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils -9.60 to -10.60 -9.40 to -9.90 -9.40 to -9.90
1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm

B-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Transducer Type Full Scale Thrust Range Zero Position Voltage and Full-scale Range
No Barriers Zero Position Internal Isolator Zero Zener Barrier
Voltage Range Position Voltage Range Zero Position
Voltage Range
External 7200 series 11 mm 10 - 0 - 10 mils -6.90 to - 16.90 not applicable not applicable
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils -6.90 to - 16.90 not applicable not applicable
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils -8.20 to -15.30 not applicable not applicable
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils -8.90 to -14.90 not applicable not applicable
1.0 - 0 - 1.0 mm
50 - 0 - 50 mils -9.30 to -14.60 not applicable not applicable
75 - 0 - 75 mils -11.45 to -12.45 not applicable not applicable
2.0 - 0 - 2.0 mm
External 7200 series 14 mm 10 - 0 - 10 mils -3.75 to -15.25 -3.75 to -15.25 not applicable
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils -4.50 to -15.00 -4.50 to -15.00 not applicable
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils -5.10 to -14.60 -5.10 to -14.50 not applicable
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils -6.25 to -13.45 -6.25 to -13.35 not applicable
1.0 - 0 - 1.0 mm
50 - 0 - 50 mils -7.40 to - 12.30 -7.40 to -12.20 not applicable
75 - 0 - 75 mils -9.55 to - 10.15 -9.55 to -10.05 not applicable
2.0 - 0 - 2.0 mm
External 3000 series -18V 10 - 0 - 10 mils -3.50 to -10.00 not applicable not applicable
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils -6.5 to -7.70 not applicable not applicable
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
External 3300 NSv or RAM series 10 - 0 - 10 mils -3.50 to -10.80 -3.50 to -10.80 -3.50 to -10.80
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils -6.53 to -7.40 -6.53 to -7.40 -6.53 to -7.40
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm

B-8
 Appendix B — Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust Monitor

Internal 3300 NSv series 10 - 0 - 10 mils -3.50 to -10.80 -3.50 to -10.80 not applicable
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils -6.53 to -7.40 -6.53 to -7.40 not applicable
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm

B-9
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Direct Over and Under Alarm Setpoints
Monitor Type 1701/15 Thrust Position Monitor
Word 10 through 13
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Over Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint Channel A Under Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint 10
Channel A Over Alert (Alarm 1) setpoint Channel A Under Alert (Alarm 1) setpoint 11
Channel B Over Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint Channel B Under Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint 12
Channel B Over Alert (Alarm 1) setpoint Channel B Under Alert (Alarm 1) setpoint 13

Channel Setpoint
To set Direct thrust position alarm setpoints load the setpoint field with an unsigned binary 8-bit integer
scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. A setpoint of 200 corresponds to positive full upscale (+50 % of full
scale) and 0 corresponds to negative full bottom scale (-50% of full scale). The setpoint resolution is
0.5% of full scale.

Calculate the setpoint in counts using these formulas:

Over_Alarm_Setpoint = (OverSetpoint/Full UpScale Range) x 100 + 100
Under_Alarm Setpoint = -(UnderSetpoint/Full BottomScale Range) x 100 + 100

Round the values to the closest integer and convert to binary.

Example
Transducer type: 7200 8 mm
Full-scale range: 40 - 0 - 40 mils
Barriers: None
Thrust direction: Upscale towards probe
Zero position voltage: -10.30 V
Transducer Scale factor: 200 mV/mil
Lower OK limit: -1.28 V
Upper OK limit: -19.04 V
Alarm 2 setpoints: ± 30.00 mils

Over Alarm 2 = (30/40) x 100 + 100 = 175

Convert to binary: 1010 1111

Under Alarm 2 = -(30/40) x 100 + 100 = 25

Convert to binary: 0001 1001

B-10
 Appendix B — Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust Monitor

Alarm Time Delay

Monitor Type 1701/15 Thrust Position Monitor
Word 14
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Danger Time Channel A Alert Time Delay Channel B Danger Time Channel B Alert Time Delay 14
Delay Delay

Digital Code Alarm Time Delay, seconds

0000 0.15
0001 0.20
0010 0.30
0011 0.50
0100 0.60
0101 1.00
0110 2.00
0111 3.00
1000 5.00
1001 6.00
1010 10.00
1011 20.00
1100
1101
1110
1111

B-11
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Control Write Word
Monitor Type 1701/15 Thrust Positi0on Monitor
Word 15
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
MON BAR BAR SET MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
RST MSb LSb CONFIG TYPE TYPE ON OR ON OR DIR DIR INH 15
OFF OFF

Bit Abbreviation Description Setting

15 MON RST Monitor Reset 0 = normal operation
1 = Reset
14 BAR MSb Barrier Configuration MSb
Msb Lsb Safety Barrier
0 0 None
13 Bar LSb Barrier Configuration LSb 0 1 Internal Galvanic Isolator
1 0 External Zener Barrier
1 1 External Galvanic Isolator
12 Set Config Set Configuration Flag Bit 0 = Monitor will not accept configuration. Operation will halt.
1 = Normal operation mode.
11 MON Type Monitor Type MSb For Thrust Position Monitors:
MSb bit 11 = 0
10 MON Type Monitor Type LSb bit 10 = 1
LSb
09 CHA ON\OFF Channel A ON\OFF 0 = Channel off
08 CHB ON\OFF Channel B ON\OFF 1 = Channel on
07
06
05
04
03 CHA DIR Channel A Upscale Thrust Direction 0 = Upscale thrust direction is towards the probe
02 CHB DIR Channel B Upscale Thrust Direction 1 = Upscale thrust direction is away from the probe
01 CHA INH Channel A Inhibit 0 = not active
00 CHB INH Channel B Inhibit 1 = active
Where: MSb = most significant bit
LSb = least significant bit

B-12
 Appendix B — Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust Monitor

Compatibility Table
Thrust Position Transducer OK Limits vs. Transducer Type vs. Barrier Options
Thrust Position Transducer OK Limits
Transducer No Barriers Internal Galvanic Isolator External Zener Barrier
LOKV UOKV LOKV UOKV LOKV UOKV
Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mm -1.28 -19.04 -1.10 -18.25 na na
Internal 7200 series 8mm or 5mm -1.28 -19.04 -1.10 -18.25 na na
External 3300 XL or 3300 series 8mm or 5 mm, includes 330800 -1.28 -19.04 -1.10 -18.46 -1.10 -18.2
PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm -1.28 -19.04 -1.10 -18.25 -1.10 -18.2
External 7200 series 11 mm -3.55 -20.39 na na na na
External 7200 series 14 mm -1.65 -18.05 -1.65 -18.25 na na
External -18 Volt 3000 series -1.16 -13.14 na na na na
External 3300 RAM -1.16 -13.14 -1.16 -13.14 -1.05 -12.35
Internal 3300 NSv -1.16 -13.14 -1.16 -13.14 na na
External 3300 XL NSv -1.16 -13.14 -1.16 -13.14 -1.05 -12.35
If no OK Limits are shown then that transducer is not allowed with that barrier option.

B-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

B-14
 Appendix
Appendix C
Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor
Comm. Description 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Direction
Word READ M.S.W S.A. S.A. & r/w 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
0 error r/w err error
Word READ CH A DIRECT 16 Bit Proportional Value (0 - 1000 counts proportional to 0 to 100% of the full scale range)
1
Word READ UNUSED
2
Word READ CHB DIRECT 16 Bit Proportional Value (0 - 1000 counts proportional to 0 to 100% of the full scale range)
3
Word READ UNUSED
4
MON MON MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB
Word READ MON & CHAN STAT STAT STAT STAT TOK TOK ON ON ALERT DNGR ALERT DNGR TM TM INH INH
5 STATUS Enable Enable ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE

Word WRITE CHA XDCR & CHA Transducer Type CHA Scale Factor
6 SCALE
FACTOR
Word WRITE CHB XDCR & CHB Transducer Type CHB Scale Factor
7 SCALE
FACTOR
TOK ON
Word WRITE CHA F.S.R. & CHA Full Scale Range OR OFF
8 TIMED OK
DEF.
TOK ON
Word WRITE CHB F.S.R. & CHB Full Scale Range OR OFF
9 TIMED OK
DEF.
Word WRITE UNUSED
10
Word WRITE CHA DIRECT CHA Danger Setpoint CHA Alert Setpoint
11 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE CHB DIRECT CHB Danger Setpoint CHB Alert Setpoint
12 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE FILTER CHA HP Corner CHA LP Corner CHB HP Corner CHB LP Corner
13 CONFIG
Word WRITE ALARM TIME CHA Danger Time Delay CHA Alert Time Delay CHB Danger Time Delay CHB Alert Time Delay
14 DELAYS
MON BAR BAR SET CONFIG MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB
Word WRITE CONTROL RST MSb LSb TYPE TYPE ON OR ON OR TM TM TM TM TM TM INH INH
15 OFF OFF MSb LSb MSb LSb ENA ENA
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Channel Direct Proportional Value

Monitor Type 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor
Word 1 through 4
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
16-bit Proportional Value 1
Not used 2
16-bit Proportional Value 3
Not used 4

C-2
 Appendix C —Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor

Monitor and Channel Status

Monitor Type 1701/25 –Velocity Input Monitor
Word 5
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit Description Monitor Status Ch A Ch B Ch A Ch B Ch A Ch A Ch B Ch B Ch A TM Ch B TM Ch A INH Ch B
TOK TOK ON ON Alert Danger Alert Danger Active Active active INH
enabled enabled Active Active Active Active active

Bits Monitor Status Timed OK Channel Defeat (TOK)

15 14 13 12 bits Settings
0 0 0 0 Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING) 11 = Channel A 0 = disabled
0 0 0 1 Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK 10 = Channel B 1 = enabled
0 0 1 0 Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK
Channel ON/OFF (ON)
0 0 1 1 Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK
bits Settings
0 1 0 0 Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK
9 = Channel A 0 = channel is off
0 1 0 1 Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK
8 = Channel B 1 = channel is on
0 1 1 0 Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B
0 1 1 1 Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B
Channel Alarm Status
1 0 0 0 Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B
bits Settings
1 0 0 1 Unused
7 = Channel A alert 0 = alarm not active
1 0 1 0 Unused
alarm status 1 = alarm active
1 0 1 1 Unused 6 = Channel A danger
1 1 0 0 Unused alarm status
1 1 0 1 Unused 5 = Channel B alert
1 1 1 0 Hardware fault (NO ALARMING) alarm status
1 1 1 1 Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK, 4 = Channel B danger
alarm status

Trip Multiply Status

bits Settings
3 = Channel A 0 = trip multiply not active
2 = Channel B 1 = trip multiply active

Channel Inhibit Status

bits Settings
1 = Channel A 0 = inhibit not active
0 = Channel B 1 = inhibit active

C-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Transducer Type and Transducer Scale Factor

Monitor Type 1701/25 –Velocity Input Monitor
Word 6 and 7
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Transducer Type Channel A Scale Factor 6
Channel B Transducer Type Channel B Scale Factor 7

Bits Transducer Type Transducer scale factor

15 14 13 12 The actual value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale
0 0 0 0 Velomitor, 100 mV/(in/s) factor.
pk, 330500, 330525,
0 0 0 1 High Temp Velomitor, 145 To calculate the offset:
mV/(in/s) pk, 330750, 1. Use the table showing Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor Range (next page) to
330550 determine the allowed range span and the minimum scale factor for the
0 0 1 0 CEC 4 -126 or CEC 4 - 131, transducer you are using. The actual transducer scale factor must be within the
145 mV/(in/s) pk range.
2. Calculate the scale factor offset:
0 0 1 1 500 mV/in/s pk, 9200, 74712
(or any using 10 k load,
$
500 mV/(in/s) pk, correct OK
ScaleFactor_ Offset = Integer
 ActualScaleFactor - MinScaleFactor • 4095
limits)  SF_ AdjustSpan 
0 1 0 0 where:
0 1 0 1 ScaleFactor_Offset = the decimal offset value. Always a positive
0 1 1 0 number.
0 1 1 1 ActualScaleFactor = the actual transducer scale factor, (or nominal if
1 0 0 0 the actual is not known).
1 0 0 1 MinScaleFactor = the minimum allowed scale factor.
1 0 1 0 SF_AdjustSpan = the span.
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0 3. Convert the result, ScaleFactor_Offset, to an unsigned 12 bit binary integer and
1 1 0 1 load this integer into bits 11 through 0 (11 = most significant bit and 0 = least
1 1 1 0 significant bit).
1 1 1 1
Example:
Transducer Type: 330750 High Temp Velomitor
Actual Scale Factor = 145 mV/(in/s) pk
From the table:
MinScaleFactor = 123 mV/(in/s) pk
SF_AdjustSpan = 44 mV

ScaleFactor_Offset = Integer{[(145 - 123)/44] x 4095} = 2048

Convert to binary: 1000 0000 0000
C-4
 Appendix C —Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor

Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor

Velocity Sensors
Transducer Type Scale Factors
mV/(in/s) pk (mV/(mm/s) pk)
Nominal Minimum Maximum Adjustment Span
330500, 330525, 100 85 115 30
Velomitor, 100 (3.937) (3.347) (4.527) (1.180)
mV/(in/s) pk,
330750, High 145 123.25 166.75 43.5
Temp Velomitor, (5.708) (4.853) (6.564) (1.711)
145 mV/(in/s) pk
CEC 4 -126 or 145 123.25 166.75 43.5
CEC 4 - 131, 145 (5.708) (4.853) (6.564) (1.711)
mV/(in/s) pk
500 mV/(in/s) pk, 500 425 575 150
9200, 74712 (or (19.685) (16.733) (22.637) (5.904)
any using 10 K $
load, 500
mV/(in/s) pk,
correct OK limits)

C-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Full-scale Range and Timed OK Channel Defeat

Monitor Type 1701/25 – Velocity Input Monitor
Word 8 and 9
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Full-scale Range TOK Not used 8
on or
off
Channel B Full-scale Range TOK Not used 9
on or
off

Bit Number Full-scale Range Bit Number Full-scale Range

15 14 13 12 11 10 15 14 13 12 11 10
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0.5 in/s pk 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 - 2.0 in/s pk 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 – 3.0 in/s pk 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 – 3.0 in/s rms
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 - 10 mm/s pk 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 - 20 mm/s pk 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 - 50 mm/s pk 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 – 75 mm/s pk 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 – 75 mm/s rms
0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 - 5 mils pp, integrated velocity 1 1 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 - 10 mils pp, integrated velocity 1 1 0 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 - 20 mils pp, integrated velocity 1 1 0 0 1 0
0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 - 100um pp, integrated velocity 1 1 1 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 - 200um pp, integrated velocity 1 1 1 0 0 1
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 - 500 um pp, integrated velocity 1 1 1 0 1 0

C-6
 Appendix C —Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor

Bit Number Full-scale Range Bit Number Full-scale Range

15 14 13 12 11 10 15 14 13 12 11 10
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Timed OK Channel Defeat

Bits Description
Word 8, bit 9 = Channel A 0 = TOK off
Word 9, bit 9 = Channel B 1 = TOK on

C-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Alarm Setpoints
Monitor Type 1701/25 –Velocity Input Monitor
Word 11 and 12
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Alarm 2 (Danger) setpoint Channel A Alarm 1 (Alert) Setpoint 11
Channel B Alarm 2 (Danger) Setpoint Channel B Alarm 1 (Alert) Setpoint 12

Alarm Setpoints
To set alarm setpoints load the setpoint field with an unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0
and 200 decimal. A setpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale and 0 corresponds to bottom
scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full scale range.
Example:
Full-scale range: 0 to 2.0 in/s pk
Channel A Alarm 2 setpoint: 1.75 in/s pk

1. Calculate the binary value for the setpoint.

1.75
Setpoint = • 200
2
= 175 decimal
= 1010 1111 binary
2. Load the binary value in the Channel A Alarm 2 setpoint field.

C-8
 Appendix C —Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor

Channel High-pass and Low-pass Corner Frequency

Monitor Type 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor
Word 13
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A HP Corner Channel A LP Corner Channel B HP Corner Channel B LP Corner 13
Compatibility Table
Filter Selection Table Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range Type vs. Filter Corner Frequencies
Code High Pass Code Low Pass
Transducer Type Full Scale Range Corner Frequency Ranges
Corner Freq, Corner
Type
Hz Freq, Hz
Minimum HP Maximum LP Corner
0000 3 0000 5500
Corner
0001 10 0001 4000
Velomitor, 100 mV/(in/s) Pk Velocity 3 Hz 5500 Hz
0010 15 0010 3000
pk, 330500, 330525, rms Velocity 10 Hz 5500 Hz
0011 18 0011 2000 pp Displacement 10 Hz 5500 Hz
0100 20 0100 1600 Pk Velocity 3 Hz 5500 Hz
High Temp Velomitor,
0101 25 0101 1400 145 mV/(in/s) pk, 330750, rms Velocity 10 Hz 5500 Hz
0110 30 0110 1200 330550 pp displacement 10 Hz 5500 Hz
0111 50 0111 1000 CEC 4 -126 or CEC 4 - Pk Velocity 3 Hz 5500 Hz
1000 60 1000 800 131, 145 mV/(in/s) pk rms Velocity 10 Hz 5500 Hz
1001 80 1001 600 pp displacement 10 Hz 5500 Hz
1010 100 1010 400 500 mV/(in/s) pk, 9200, Pk Velocity 3 Hz 5500 Hz
1011 120 1011 200 74712 (or any using 10 kΩ rms Velocity 10 Hz 5500 Hz
1100 110 1100 120 load, 500 mV/(in/s) pk, pp displacement 10 Hz 5500 Hz
1101 1101 100 correct OK limits)
1110 reserved 1110 450
1111 reserved 1111 reserved

Application Alert:
There are no default filter
options. To avoid selecting
corner frequencies that are not
allowed for your configuration
options, refer to both tables
above.

C-9
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Alarm Time Delay

Monitor Type 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor
Word 14
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Danger Time Channel A Alert Time Delay Channel B Danger Time Channel B Alert Time Delay 14
Delay Delay

Digital Code Alarm Time Delay, seconds

0000 0.15
0001 0.20
0010 0.30
0011 0.50
0100 0.60
0101 1.00
0110 2.00
0111 3.00
1000 5.00
1001 6.00
1010 10.00
1011 20.00
1100
1101
1110
1111

C-10
 Appendix C —Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor

Control Write Word

Monitor Type 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor
Word 15
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
MON BAR BAR SET MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
RST MSb LSb CONFIG TYPE TYPE ON OR ON OR TM TM TM TM TM TM INH 15
OFF OFF MSb LSb MSb LSb ENA ENA

Bit Abbreviation Description Setting

15 MON RST Monitor Reset 0 = normal operation
1 = Reset
14 BAR MSb Barrier Configuration MSb
Msb Lsb Safety Barrier
0 0 None
13 Bar LSb Barrier Configuration LSb 0 1 Internal Galvanic Isolator
1 0 External Zener Barrier
1 1 External Galvanic Isolator
12 Set Config Set Configuration Flag Bit 0 = Monitor will not accept configuration. Operation will halt.
1 = Normal operation mode.
11 MON Type Monitor Type MSb For Velocity Input Monitors:
MSb bit 11 = 0
10 MON Type Monitor Type LSb bit 10 = 0
LSb
09 CHA ON\OFF Channel A ON\OFF 0 = Channel off
08 CHB ON\OFF Channel B ON\OFF 1 = Channel on
07 CHA TM MSb Channel A Trip Multiply MSb
Msb Lsb Trip Multiply Level
06 CHA TM LSb Channel A Trip Multiply LSb
0 0 None
0 1 1.5
05 CHB TM MSb Channel B Trip Multiply MSb
1 0 2.0
04 CHB TM LSb Channel B Trip Multiply LSb 1 1 3.0
03 CHA TM En Channel A Trip Multiply enable 0 = disabled
02 CHB TM En Channel B Trip Multiply enable 1 = enabled
01 CHA INH Channel A Inhibit 0 = not active
00 CHB INH Channel B Inhibit 1 = active
Where: MSb = most significant bit
LSb = least significant bit

C-11
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Compatibility Table: Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Full Scale Range Trip
Range vs. Trip Multiply for Barrier OptionsTransducer
Type
No Barriers Internal Isolator External Zener Multiply
Velomitor, 100 mV/(in/s) pk, 330500, 330525, 0 - 0.5 in/s pk 0 - 0.5 in/s pk 0 - 0.5 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 1.0 in/s pk 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2.0 in/s pk 0 - 2.0 in/s pk 0 - 2.0 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 3.0 in/s pk 0 - 3.0 in/s pk 0 - 3.0 in/s pk 2X or less
0 - 10 mm/s pk 0 - 10 mm/s pk 0 - 10 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 20 mm/s pk 0 - 20 mm/s pk 0 - 20 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 75 mm/s pk 0 - 75 mm/s pk 0 - 75 mm/s pk 2X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 2X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 2X or less
0 - 0.5 in/s rms 0 - 0.5 in/s rms 0 - 0.5 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 1.0 in/s rms 0 - 1.0 in/s rms 0 - 1.0 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 2.0 in/s rms 0 - 2.0 in/s rms 0 - 2.0 in/s rms 2X or less
0 - 3.0 in/s rms 0 - 3.0 in/s rms 0 - 3.0 in/s rms 2X or less
0 - 10 mm/s rms 0 - 10 mm/s rms 0 - 10 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 20 mm/s rms 0 - 20 mm/s rms 0 - 20 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 40 mm/s rms 0 - 40 mm/s rms 0 - 40 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 75 mm/s rms 0 - 75 mm/s rms 0 - 75 mm/s rms 2X or less

C-12
 Appendix C —Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor

Compatibility Table: Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Full Scale Range Trip
Range vs. Trip Multiply for Barrier OptionsTransducer
Type
No Barriers Internal Isolator External Zener Multiply
High Temp Velomitor, 145 mV/(in/s) pk, 330750, 330550 0 - 0.5 in/s pk 0 - 0.5 in/s pk 0 - 0.5 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 1.0 in/s pk 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2.0 in/s pk 0 - 2.0 in/s pk 0 - 2.0 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 3.0 in/s pk 0 - 3.0 in/s pk 0 - 3.0 in/s pk 2X or less
0 - 10 mm/s pk 0 - 10 mm/s pk 0 - 10 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 20 mm/s pk 0 - 20 mm/s pk 0 - 20 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 75 mm/s pk 0 - 75 mm/s pk 0 - 75 mm/s pk 2X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 2X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 2X or less
0 - 0.5 in/s rms 0 - 0.5 in/s rms 0 - 0.5 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 1.0 in/s rms 0 - 1.0 in/s rms 0 - 1.0 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 2.0 in/s rms 0 - 2.0 in/s rms 0 - 2.0 in/s rms 2X or less
0 - 3.0 in/s rms 0 - 3.0 in/s rms 0 - 3.0 in/s rms 2X or less
0 - 10 mm/s rms 0 - 10 mm/s rms 0 - 10 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 20 mm/s rms 0 - 20 mm/s rms 0 - 20 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 40 mm/s rms 0 - 40 mm/s rms 0 - 40 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 75 mm/s rms 0 - 75 mm/s rms 0 - 75 mm/s rms 2X or less

C-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Compatibility Table: Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Full Scale Range Trip
Range vs. Trip Multiply for Barrier OptionsTransducer
Type
No Barriers Internal Isolator External Zener Multiply
CEC 4 -126 or CEC 4 - 131, 145 mV/(in/s) pk 0 - 0.5 in/s pk 0 - 0.5 in/s pk not applicable 3X or less
0 - 1.0 in/s pk 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2.0 in/s pk 0 - 2.0 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 3.0 in/s pk 0 - 3.0 in/s pk 2X or less
0 - 10 mm/s pk 0 - 10 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 20 mm/s pk 0 - 20 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 75 mm/s pk 0 - 75 mm/s pk 2X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 2X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 2X or less
0 - 0.5 in/s rms 0 - 0.5 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 1.0 in/s rms 0 - 1.0 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 2.0 in/s rms 0 - 2.0 in/s rms 2X or less
0 - 3.0 in/s rms 0 - 3.0 in/s rms 2X or less
0 - 10 mm/s rms 0 - 10 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 20 mm/s rms 0 - 20 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 40 mm/s rms 0 - 40 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 75 mm/s rms 0 - 75 mm/s rms 2X or less

C-14
 Appendix C —Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor

Compatibility Table: Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Full Scale Range Trip
Range vs. Trip Multiply for Barrier OptionsTransducer
Type
No Barriers Internal Isolator External Zener Multiply
500 mV/(in/s) pk, 9200, 74712 (or any using 10 kohm load, 0 - 0.5 in/s pk 0 - 0.5 in/s pk not applicable 3X or less
500 mV/(in/s) pk, correct OK limits) 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2.0 in/s pk 0 - 2.0 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 10 mm/s pk 0 - 10 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 20 mm/s pk 0 - 20 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 5 mil pp 0 - 5 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 10 mil pp 0 - 10 mil pp 3X or less
0 - 20 mil pp 0 - 20 mil pp 2X or less
0 - 100 um pp 0 - 100 um pp 3X or less
0 - 200 um pp 0 - 200 um pp 3X or less
0 - 500 um pp 0 - 500 um pp 2X or less
0 - 0.5 in/s rms 0 - 0.5 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 1.0 in/s rms 0 - 1.0 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 2.0 in/s rms 0 - 2.0 in/s rms 2X or less
0 - 10 mm/s rms 0 - 10 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 20 mm/s rms 0 - 20 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 40 mm/s rms 0 - 40 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 2X or less

C-15
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Compatibility Table
Velocity Transducer OK Limits vs. Transducer Type vs. Barrier Options
Velocity Sensor OK limits
No Barriers Internal Galvanic External Zener Barrier
Isolator
Transducer LOKV UOKV LOKV UOKV LOKV UOKV
Velomitor, 100 mV/(in/s) pk, 330500, 330525, -3.5 -20.4 -3.5 -19.95 -4.15 -19.85
High Temp Velomitor, 145 mV/(in/s) pk, 330750, 330550 -2.74 -21.26 -2.74 -19.95 -2.74 -19.95
CEC 4 -126 or CEC 4 - 131, 145 mV/(in/s) pk -2.05 -17.95 -2.05 -17.95 na na
500 mV/(in/s) pk, 9200, 74712 (or any using 10 kohm load, 500 mV/(in/s) -2.05 -17.95 -2.05 -17.95 na na
pk, correct OK limits)
If no OK Limits are shown then that transducer is not allowed with that barrier option.

C-16
 Appendix
Appendix D
Data Table for the 1701/25 Acceleration Input Monitor
Comm. Description 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Direction
Word READ M.S.W S.A. S.A. & r/w 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
0 error r/w err error
Word READ CH A DIRECT 16 Bit Proportional Value (0 - 1000 counts proportional to 0 to 100% of the full scale range)
1
Word READ UNUSED
2
Word READ CHB DIRECT 16 Bit Proportional Value (0 - 1000 counts proportional to 0 to 100% of the full scale range)
3
Word READ UNUSED
4
MON MON MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
Word READ MON & CHAN STAT STAT STAT STAT TOK TOK ON ON ALERT DNGR ALERT DNGR TM TM INH ACTIVE
5 STATUS Enable Enable ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE

Word WRITE CHA XDCR & CHA Transducer Type CHA Scale Factor
6 SCALE
FACTOR
Word WRITE CHB XDCR & CHB Transducer Type CHB Scale Factor
7 SCALE
FACTOR
TOK ON
Word WRITE CHA F.S.R. & CHA Full Scale Range OR OFF
8 TIMED OK
DEF.
TOK ON
Word WRITE CHB F.S.R. & CHB Full Scale Range OR OFF
9 TIMED OK
DEF.
Word WRITE UNUSED
10
Word WRITE CHA DIRECT CHA Danger Setpoint CHA Alert Setpoint
11 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE CHB DIRECT CHB Danger Setpoint CHB Alert Setpoint
12 SETPOINTS
Word WRITE FILTER CHA HP Corner CHA LP Corner CHB HP Corner CHB LP Corner
13 CONFIG
Word WRITE ALARM TIME CHA Danger Time Delay CHA Alert Time Delay CHB Danger Time Delay CHB Alert Time Delay
14 DELAYS
MON BAR BAR SET/ MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
Word WRITE CONTROL RST MSb LSb CONFIG TYPE TYPE ON OR ON OR TM TM TM TM TM TM INH
15 OFF OFF MSb LSb MSb LSb ENA ENA
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Channel Direct Proportional Value
Monitor Type 1701/25 Acceleration Input Monitor
Word 1 through 4
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
16-bit Proportional Value 1
Not used 2
16-bit Proportional Value 3
Not used 4

D-2
 Appendix D — Data Tables for 1701 Acceleration Input Monitor
Monitor and Channel Status
Monitor Type 1701/25 –Acceleration Input Monitor
Word 5
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit Description Monitor Status Ch A Ch B Ch A Ch B Ch A Ch A Ch B Ch B Ch A TM Ch B TM Ch A INH Ch B
TOK TOK ON ON Alert Danger Alert Danger Active Active active INH
enabled enabled Active Active Active Active active

Bits Monitor Status Timed OK Channel Defeat (TOK)

15 14 13 12 bits Settings
0 0 0 0 Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING) 11 = Channel A 0 = disabled
0 0 0 1 Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK 10 = Channel B 1 = enabled
0 0 1 0 Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK
Channel ON/OFF (ON)
0 0 1 1 Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK
bits Settings
0 1 0 0 Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK
9 = Channel A 0 = channel is off
0 1 0 1 Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK
8 = Channel B 1 = channel is on
0 1 1 0 Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B
0 1 1 1 Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B
Channel Alarm Status
1 0 0 0 Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B
bits Settings
1 0 0 1 Unused
7 = Channel A alert 0 = alarm not active
1 0 1 0 Unused
alarm status 1 = alarm active
1 0 1 1 Unused 6 = Channel A danger
1 1 0 0 Unused alarm status
1 1 0 1 Unused 5 = Channel B alert
1 1 1 0 Hardware fault (NO ALARMING) alarm status
1 1 1 1 Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK, 4 = Channel B danger
alarm status

Trip Multiply Status

bits Settings
3 = Channel A 0 = trip multiply not active
2 = Channel B 1 = trip multiply active

Channel Inhibit Status

bits Settings
1 = Channel A 0 = inhibit not active
0 = Channel B 1 = inhibit active

D-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Transducer Type and Transducer Scale Factor
Monitor Type 1701/25 – Acceleration Input Monitor
Word 6 and 7
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Transducer Type Channel A Scale Factor 6
Channel B Transducer Type Channel B Scale Factor 7

Bits Transducer Type Transducer scale factor

15 14 13 12 The actual value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale
0 0 0 0 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, factor.
330400,
0 0 0 1 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, To calculate the offset:
23733-03 I/F module 1. Use the table showing Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor Range (next page) to
0 0 1 0 100 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 24145-01 determine the allowed range span and the minimum scale factor for the
0 0 1 1 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB, transducer you are using. The actual transducer scale factor must be within the
330425 range.
2. Calculate the scale factor offset:
0 1 0 0 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3db, 49578-
01
0 1 0 1 25 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 155023-01 ScaleFactor_ Offset = Integer
 ActualScaleFactor - MinScaleFactor • 4095
0 1 1 0 25 mV/g pk, hi freq,  SF_ AdjustSpan 
0 1 1 1 where:
1 0 0 0 ScaleFactor_Offset = the decimal offset value. Always a positive
1 0 0 1 number.
1 0 1 0 ActualScaleFactor = the actual transducer scale factor, (or nominal if
1 0 1 1 the actual is not known).
1 1 0 0 MinScaleFactor = the minimum allowed scale factor.
1 1 0 1 SF_AdjustSpan = the span.
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1 3. Convert the result, ScaleFactor_Offset, to an unsigned 12 bit binary integer and
load this integer into bits 11 through 0 (11 = most significant bit and 0 = least
significant bit).

D-4
 Appendix D — Data Tables for 1701 Acceleration Input Monitor

Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor

Acceleration Sensors
Transducer Type Scale Factors
mV/g pk
Nominal Minimum Maximum Adjustmen
t Span
330400, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW 100 85 115 30
23733-03 I/F module, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW 100 85 115 30
24145-01, 100 mV/g pk, Hi freq 100 85 115 30
330425, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less –3dB 25 21.25 28.75 7.5
49578-01, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3db 25 21.25 28.75 7.5
1555023-01, 25 mV/g pk, Hi freq 25 21.25 28.75 7.5
25 mV/g pk, hi freq, 25 21.25 28.75 7.5

D-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Full-scale Range and Timed OK Channel Defeat
Monitor Type 1701/25 – Acceleration Input Monitor
Word 8 and 9
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Full-scale Range TOK Not used 8
on or
off
Channel B Full-scale Range TOK Not used 9
on or
off

Bit Number Full-scale Range Bit Number Full-scale Range

15 14 13 12 11 10 15 14 13 12 11 10
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 2 gs pk 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 – 2 gs rms acceleration
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 - 5 gs pk 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 – 5 gs rms acceleration
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 - 10 gs pk 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 – 10 gs rms acceleration
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 - 20 gs pk 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 – 20 gs rms acceleration
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 - 25 gs pk 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 – 25 gs rms acceleration
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 - 40 gs pk 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 – 40 gs rms acceleration
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 - 50 gs pk 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 – 50 gs rms acceleration
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 - 20 m/s 2 pk 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 - 20 m/s 2 rms acceleration
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 - 50 m/s 2 pk 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 - 50 m/s 2 rms acceleration
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 - 100 m/s 2 pk 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 – 100 m/s2 rms acceleration
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 – 200 m/s2 rms acceleration
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 – 250 m/s2 rms acceleration
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 – 400 m/s2 rms acceleration
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 – 500 m/s2 rms acceleration
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 - 1.0 in/s pk, integrated acceleration 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 - 1.0 in/s rms, integrated rms
acceleration
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 - 2.0 in/s pk, integrated acceleration 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 - 2.0 in/s rms, integrated rms
acceleration
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 - 25 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 - 25 mm/s rms, integrated rms
acceleration

D-6
 Appendix D — Data Tables for 1701 Acceleration Input Monitor
Bit Number Full-scale Range Bit Number Full-scale Range
15 14 13 12 11 10 15 14 13 12 11 10
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 - 50 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 - 50 mm/s rms, integrated rms
acceleration
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 - 100 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 – 100 mm/s rms, integrated rms
acceleration
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Timed OK Channel Defeat

Bits Description
Word 8, bit 9 = Channel A 0 = TOK off
Word 9, bit 9 = Channel B 1 = TOK on

D-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Alarm Setpoints
Monitor Type 1701/25 –Acceleration Input Monitor
Word 11 and 12
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Alarm 2 (Danger) setpoint Channel A Alarm 1 (Alert) Setpoint 11
Channel B Alarm 2 (Danger) Setpoint Channel B Alarm 1 (Alert) Setpoint 12

Alarm Setpoints
To set alarm setpoints load the setpoint field with an unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0
and 200 decimal. A setpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale and 0 corresponds to bottom
scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full scale range.
Example:
Full-scale range: 0 to 20 m/s2 pk
Channel A Alarm 2 setpoint: 15 m/s2 pk

1. Calculate the binary value for the setpoint.

15
Setpoint = • 200
20
= 150 decimal
= 1001 0110 binary
2. Load the binary value in the Channel A Alarm 2 setpoint field.

D-8
 Appendix D — Data Tables for 1701 Acceleration Input Monitor
Channel High-pass and Low-pass Corner Frequency
Monitor Type 1701/25 Acceleration Input Monitor
Word 13
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A HP Corner Channel A LP Corner Channel B HP Corner Channel B LP Corner 13

Use these tables to determine filter selections based on the type of Acceleration Monitor you program.
Filter Selection Tables
Filter Selections for Dual Channel 14.05 kHz Filter Selections for Single Channel 24.3 kHz
Filter Selections for Dual Channel 31.55 kHz
Acceleration Monitor Type (Type 01) Acceleration Monitor Type (Type 11)
Acceleration Monitor Type (Type 10)
Code High Pass Code Low Pass Code High Pass Code Low Pass
Code High Pass Code Low Pass
Corner Corner Corner Corner
Corner Corner
Freq, Hz Freq, Hz Freq, Hz Freq, Hz
Freq, Hz Freq, Hz
0000 3 0000 14050 0000 3 0000 24300
0000 3 0000 31550
0001 10 0001 13200 0001 10 0001 21000
0001 10 0001 26000
0010 12 0010 12100 0010 12 0010 18000
0010 12 0010 23700
0011 16 0011 10600 0011 16 0011 15800
0011 16 0011 15800
0100 20 0100 10000 0100 20 0100 13250
0100 20 0100 13250
0101 22 0101 9000 0101 22 0101 12100
0101 22 0101 12100
0110 25 0110 8100 0110 25 0110 10600
0110 25 0110 10600
0111 30 0111 7000 0111 30 0111 10000
0111 30 0111 10000
1000 50 1000 6100 1000 50 1000 8100
1000 50 1000 8100
1001 60 1001 5000 1001 60 1001 6000
1001 60 1001 6000
1010 100 1010 4100 1010 100 1010 5000
1010 100 1010 5000
1011 120 1011 3100 1011 120 1011 3000
1011 120 1011 3000
1100 150 1100 2100 1100 150 1100 2100
1100 150 1100 2100
1101 200 1101 1100 1101 200 1101 1000
1101 200 1101 1000
1110 reserved 1110 reserved 1110 reserved 1110 reserved
1110 reserved 1110 reserved
1111 reserved 1111 reserved 1111 reserved 1111 reserved
1111 reserved 1111 reserved

Application Alert:
There are no default filter options. To avoid selecting corner
frequencies that are not allowed for your configuration
options, refer to both the Filter Selection Tables above and
the Compatibility Tables, Transducer Type vs. Full Scale
Range vs. HP and LP Corner Frequency Ranges below.

D-9
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Use these tables to determine the allowed filter corner limits vs. acceleration monitor type and signal processing.

Compatibility Tables
Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range Type vs. HP and LP Corner Frequency Ranges, (for the three acceleration monitor types)
DUAL CHANNEL ACCELERATION, 14.05 kHz (Monitor Type 01)
Transducer Full Scale Range Corner Frequency Ranges
Type Type
Minimum HP Corner Maximum LP Corner
All Pk Acceleration 3 Hz 14.05 kHz

rms Acceleration 10 Hz 14.05 kHz

Pk Velocity 20 Hz 14.05 kHz

rms Velocity 20 Hz 14.05 kHz

DUAL CHANNEL ACCELERATION 31.55 kHz (Monitor Type 10)

Transducer Full Scale Range Corner Frequency Ranges
Type Type
Minimum HP Corner Maximum LP Corner
All Pk Acceleration 3 Hz 31.55 kHz

rms Acceleration 10 Hz 31.55 kHz

SINGLE CHANNEL ACCELERATION 24.3 kHz (Monitor Type 11)

Transducer Full Scale Range Corner Frequency Ranges
Type Type
Minimum HP Corner Maximum LP Corner
All Pk Acceleration 3 Hz 24.3 kHz

rms Acceleration 10 Hz 24.3 kHz

Pk Velocity 20 Hz 24.3 kHz

rms Velocity 20 Hz 24.3 kHz

D-10
 Appendix D — Data Tables for 1701 Acceleration Input Monitor
Alarm Time Delay
Monitor Type 1701/25 Acceleration Input Monitor
Word 14
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
Channel A Danger Time Channel A Alert Time Delay Channel B Danger Time Channel B Alert Time Delay 14
Delay Delay

Digital Code Alarm Time Delay, seconds

0000 0.15
0001 0.20
0010 0.30
0011 0.50
0100 0.60
0101 1.00
0110 2.00
0111 3.00
1000 5.00
1001 6.00
1010 10.00
1011 20.00
1100
1101
1110
1111

D-11
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Control Write Word
Monitor Type 1701/25 Acceleration Input Monitor
Word 15
Bit Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Word
MON BAR BAR SET MON MON CHA CHB CHA CHA CHB CHB CHA CHB CHA CHB INH
RST MSb LSb CONFIG TYPE TYPE ON OR ON OR TM TM TM TM TM TM INH 15
OFF OFF MSb LSb MSb LSb ENA ENA

Bit Abbreviation Description Setting

15 MON RST Monitor Reset 0 = normal operation
1 = Reset
14 BAR MSb Barrier Configuration MSb
Msb Lsb Safety Barrier
0 0 None
13 Bar LSb Barrier Configuration LSb 0 1 Internal Galvanic Isolator
1 0 External Zener Barrier
1 1 External Galvanic Isolator
12 Set Config Set Configuration Flag Bit 0 = Monitor will not accept configuration. Operation will halt.
1 = Normal operation mode.
11 MON Type Monitor Type MSb
Msb Lsb Acceleration Input Monitor Type
MSb
0 1 Dual Accel, 14.05 kHz
1 0 Dual Accel, 31.55 kHz
10 MON Type Monitor Type LSb 1 1 Single Channel Accel,
LSb 23.4 kHz
09 CHA ON\OFF Channel A ON\OFF 0 = Channel off
08 CHB ON\OFF Channel B ON\OFF 1 = Channel on
07 CHA TM MSb Channel A Trip Multiply MSb
Msb Lsb Trip Multiply Level
06 CHA TM LSb Channel A Trip Multiply LSb
0 0 None
0 1 1.5
05 CHB TM MSb Channel B Trip Multiply MSb
1 0 2.0
04 CHB TM LSb Channel B Trip Multiply LSb 1 1 3.0
03 CHA TM En Channel A Trip Multiply enable 0 = disabled
02 CHB TM En Channel B Trip Multiply enable 1 = enabled
01 CHA INH Channel A Inhibit 0 = not active
00 CHB INH Channel B Inhibit 1 = active
Where: MSb = most significant bit
LSb = least significant bit

D-12
 Appendix D — Data Tables for 1701 Acceleration Input Monitor
Compatibility Table
Acceleration Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range vs. Trip Multiply for Barrier Options
Transducer Type Full Scale Range Trip
NO BARRIERS INT ISOLATOR EXT ZENER Multiply
100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, 330400, 0 - 2 g pk 0 - 2 g pk 0 - 2 g pk 3X or less
0 - 5 g pk 0 - 5 g pk 0 - 5 g pk 3X or less
0 - 10 g pk 0 - 10 g pk 0 - 10 g pk 3X or less
0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 1.5X or less
0 - 25 g pk 0 - 25 g pk 0 - 25 g pk 1.5X or less
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk 0 - 20 m/s 2 pk 0 - 20 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk 0 - 50 m/s 2 pk 0 - 50 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk 0 - 100 m/s 2 pk 0 - 100 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 1.5X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 1.5X or less
0 - 1 in/s pk 0 - 1 in/s pk 0 - 1 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2 in/s pk 0 - 2 in/s pk 0 - 2 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 25 mm/s pk 0 - 25 mm/s pk 0 - 25 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2 g rms 0 - 2 g rms 0 - 2 g rms 3X or less
0 - 5 g rms 0 - 5 g rms 0 - 5 g rms 3X or less
0 - 10 g rms 0 - 10 g rms 0 - 10 g rms 3X or less
0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms none
0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms none
2 2 2
0 - 20 m/s rms 0 - 20 m/s rms 0 - 20 m/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms 0 - 50 m/s 2 rms 0 - 50 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms 0 - 100 m/s 2 rms 0 - 100 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms none
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms none
0 - 1 in/s rms 0 - 1 in/s rms 0 - 1 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 2 in/s rms 0 - 2 in/s rms 0 - 2 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 25 mm/s rms 0 - 25 mm/s rms 0 - 25 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 3X or less

D-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Transducer Type Full Scale Range Trip
NO BARRIERS INT ISOLATOR EXT ZENER Multiply
100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, 23733-03 I/F module 0 - 2 g pk 0 - 2 g pk 0 - 2 g pk 3X or less
0 - 5 g pk 0 - 5 g pk 0 - 5 g pk 3X or less
0 - 10 g pk 0 - 10 g pk 0 - 10 g pk 3X or less
0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 1.5X or less
0 - 25 g pk 0 - 25 g pk 0 - 25 g pk 1.5X or less
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk 0 - 20 m/s 2 pk 0 - 20 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk 0 - 50 m/s 2 pk 0 - 50 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk 0 - 100 m/s 2 pk 0 - 100 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 1.5X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 1.5X or less
0 - 1 in/s pk 0 - 1 in/s pk 0 - 1 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2 in/s pk 0 - 2 in/s pk 0 - 2 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 25 mm/s pk 0 - 25 mm/s pk 0 - 25 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2 g rms 0 - 2 g rms 0 - 2 g rms 3X or less
0 - 5 g rms 0 - 5 g rms 0 - 5 g rms 3X or less
0 - 10 g rms 0 - 10 g rms 0 - 10 g rms 3X or less
0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms none
0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms none
2 2 2
0 - 20 m/s rms 0 - 20 m/s rms 0 - 20 m/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms 0 - 50 m/s 2 rms 0 - 50 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms 0 - 100 m/s 2 rms 0 - 100 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms none
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms none
0 - 1 in/s rms 0 - 1 in/s rms 0 - 1 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 2 in/s rms 0 - 2 in/s rms 0 - 2 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 25 mm/s rms 0 - 25 mm/s rms 0 - 25 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms 3X or less

D-14
 Appendix D — Data Tables for 1701 Acceleration Input Monitor
Transducer Type Full Scale Range Trip
NO BARRIERS INT ISOLATOR EXT ZENER Multiply
100 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 24145-01 0 - 2 g pk not applicable not applicable 3X or less
0 - 5 g pk 3X or less
0 - 10 g pk 3X or less
0 - 20 g pk 1.5X or less
0 - 25 g pk 1.5X or less
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 1.5X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 1.5X or less
0 - 1 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2 in/s pk 3X or less
0 - 25 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 2 g rms 3X or less
0 - 5 g rms 3X or less
0 - 10 g rms 3X or less
0 - 20 g rms none
0 - 25 g rms none
2
0 - 20 m/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms none
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms none
0 - 1 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 2 in/s rms 3X or less
0 - 25 mm/s rms 3X or less
0 - 50 mm/s rms 3X or less

D-15
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Transducer Type Full Scale Range Trip
NO BARRIERS INT ISOLATOR EXT ZENER Multiply
25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB, 330425 0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 3X or less
0 -25 g pk 0 -25 g pk 0 -25 g pk 3X or less
0 - 40 g pk 0 - 40 g pk 0 - 40 g pk 3X or less
0 - 50 g pk 0 - 50 g pk 0 - 50 g pk 3X or less
2 2
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 0 - 200 m/s pk 0 - 200 m/s pk 3X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 100 mm/s pk 0 - 100 mm/s pk 0 - 100 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms 3X or less
0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms 3X or less
0 - 40 g rms 0 - 40 g rms 0 - 40 g rms 3X or less
0 - 50 g rms 0 - 50 g rms 0 - 50 g rms 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 100 mm/s rms 0 - 100 mm/s rms 0 - 100 mm/s rms 3X or less
25 mV/.g pk, 20 kHz or less -3db, 49578-01 0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 3X or less
0 -25 g pk 0 -25 g pk 0 -25 g pk 3X or less
0 - 40 g pk 0 - 40 g pk 0 - 40 g pk 3X or less
0 - 50 g pk 0 - 50 g pk 0 - 50 g pk 3X or less
2 2
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 0 - 200 m/s pk 0 - 200 m/s pk 3X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 100 mm/s pk 0 - 100 mm/s pk 0 - 100 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms 3X or less
0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms 3X or less
0 - 40 g rms 0 - 40 g rms 0 - 40 g rms 3X or less
0 - 50 g rms 0 - 50 g rms 0 - 50 g rms 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 100 mm/s rms 0 - 100 mm/s rms 0 - 100 mm/s rms 3X or less

D-16
 Appendix D — Data Tables for 1701 Acceleration Input Monitor
Transducer Type Full Scale Range Trip
NO BARRIERS INT ISOLATOR EXT ZENER Multiply
25 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 155023-01 0 - 20 g pk not applicable not applicable 3X or less
0 -25 g pk 3X or less
0 - 40 g pk 3X or less
0 - 50 g pk 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 100 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 20 g rms 3X or less
0 - 25 g rms 3X or less
0 - 40 g rms 3X or less
0 - 50 g rms 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 100 mm/s rms 3X or less
25 mV/g pk, hi freq, 0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 0 - 20 g pk 3X or less
0 -25 g pk 0 -25 g pk 0 -25 g pk 3X or less
0 - 40 g pk 0 - 40 g pk 0 - 40 g pk 3X or less
0 - 50 g pk 0 - 50 g pk 0 - 50 g pk 3X or less
2 2
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk 0 - 200 m/s pk 0 - 200 m/s pk 3X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 0 - 250 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 0 - 400 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 0 - 500 m/s 2 pk 3X or less
0 - 100 mm/s pk 0 - 100 mm/s pk 0 - 100 mm/s pk 3X or less
0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms 0 - 20 g rms 3X or less
0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms 0 - 25 g rms 3X or less
0 - 40 g rms 0 - 40 g rms 0 - 40 g rms 3X or less
0 - 50 g rms 0 - 50 g rms 0 - 50 g rms 3X or less
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 0 - 200 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 0 - 250 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 0 - 400 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 0 - 500 m/s 2 rms 3X or less
0 - 100 mm/s rms 0 - 100 mm/s rms 0 - 100 mm/s rms 3X or less

D-17
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Acceleration Transducer OK Limits vs Transducer Type vs. Barrier Options
Acceleration Transducer OK limits
Transducer No Barriers Internal Galvanic Isolator External Zener
Barrier
LOKV UOKV LOKV UOKV LOKV UOKV
100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, 330400, -2.75 -15.05 -2.75 -15.05 -2.75 -15.05
100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, 23733-03 I/F module -2.75 -15.05 -2.75 -15.05 -3.1 -13.85
100 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 24145-01 -2.75 -15.05 na na na na
25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB, 330425 -2.75 -15.05 -2.75 -15.05 -2.75 -15.05
25 mV/.g pk, 20 kHz or less -3db, 49578-01 -5.63 -11.37 -5.34 -11.37 -5.34 -10.86
25 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 155023-01 -5.63 -11.37 na na na na
25 mV/g pk, hi freq, -2.75 -15.05 -2.75 -15.05 -2.75 -15.05
If no OK Limits are shown then that transducer is not allowed with that barrier option.

D-18
 Appendix
Appendix E
Specifications and Monitor Options
Specifications - 1701/05 Terminal Base
Inputs/Outputs
Quantity Connection
1 16 pin female Flexbus connector for connection directly to another Flex
module
1 16 pin male Flexbus connector for connection directly to Flexbus using Flex
extender cable
1 25 pin DSUB. Buffered dynamic output signals
1 15 pin DSUB. Not Used.
8 Coaxial connectors. Buffered dynamic output signals
1 Coaxial connector. Buffered Keyphasor output signal
1 Euro terminal. Buffered Keyphasor output signal
1 Euro terminal. + 24 Volt DC +/- primary power input. 14 to 18 AWG
4 8 conductor Euro terminals. Transducer field wiring terminals for 8 monitor
channels. 16 to 26 AWG.
1 8 conductor Euro terminal. Keyphasor field wiring for one channel. 16 to 26
AWG
1 Wiring stud for instrument earth connection
Modules Module
Quantity
1 Power Supply
1 FieldMonitor Management Interface Module
1 2-channel Transducer I/O Module for Keyphasor
Up to 4 2-channel Monitor Modules
Up to 4 2-channel Transducer I/O Modules (one per monitor)
General Specifications
Physical
Dimensions (Length x width x height) 33.65 cm x 17.27 cm x 12.7 cm (13.25 in x 6.8 in x 5 in)
(modules installed)
Weight (no modules installed) 1.1 Kilograms (2 lbs, 6 oz)
Mounting Bulkhead. 4 #8 bolts. Can mount over top of DIN rails
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C
Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C
Operating Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Specifications - 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor - Radial Vibration
Programmable Options
Proportional Values Direct (Overall), Gap
Alarms
Alarm 1 (Alert), Alarm 2 (Danger) Over Alarm 1 & 2 on Direct, Over/Under Alarm 1 on Gap
Alarm Time Delays 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds
Latching/Non-Latching Alarms Non-Latching only
Alarm Hysteresis 0.5% of full scale
Signal Processing Options

Bandwidth/Filtering High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz

1, 4 4000, 600
Full Scale Direct Range mils pp micrometers pp
0 - 3 mils 0 - 100 um
0 - 5 mils 0 - 150 um
0 - 10 mils 0 - 200 um
0 - 15 mils 0 - 125 um
0 - 20 mils 0 - 250 um
0 - 300 um
0 - 400 um
0 - 500 um
Full Scale Gap Range 24 Volts
Gap Filter - 3 db @ 0.09 Hz
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Barriers Internal galvanically isolated barrier
External Zener Barrier
External galvanically isolated barrier
Transducer I/O Module Options Description Part Number
Internal 3300 5 meter Proximitor® 170133-050-xx
Internal 3300 9 meter Proximitor® 170133-090-xx
Internal 3300 14 meter Proximitor® 170133-014-xx
Internal 3300 NSv 7 meter Proximitor® 170150-070-00
Internal 7200 5 meter Proximitor® 170172-050-xx
Internal 7200 9 meter Proximitor® 170172-090-xx
Proximitor®/ Accelerometer I/O 170180-01-xx
External -18 Volt Proximitor® I/O 170180-05-xx
External Proximitor® Options Description I/O Module
3300 5mm
3300 8mm
330800 PROXPAC
3300XL
7200 5mm 170180-01-xx
7200 8mm
7200 11mm
7200 14mm
3300 RAM
3300 XL NSv
3000 -18 Volt 170180-05-xx
Control I/O
Channel On/Off
Monitor Reset
Channel Inhibit
Trip Multiply Programmable, none, 1.5, 2, 3
Specifications @ 25 ° C (Accuracy is monitor input to output)
Direct accuracy 1% of full scale max (exclusive of filters)
Direct resolution 0.1% of full scale
Gap accuracy +/- 20mV, -1 to -23 Volt
Gap Resolution 1 mV
Gap Setpoint Resolution 0.10 Volt
Power input - 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from1701 Power Supply
Power Consumption 1.5 Watt (not including transducers)
Setpoint resolution 0.5% of full scale
Flex read/write rate ≥ 25 millisec (monitor to Flex adapter)
Buffered Output 100 ft cable at 60pF/ft, not isolated
Output impedance 200 ohms
General Specifications
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD 127mm x 21.6mm x 105mm (5 in x 0.85 in x 4.15 in)
Weight 314 grams (11 oz)
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C
Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C
Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Specifications - 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor - Thrust Position
Programmable Options
Proportional Values Direct, Gap
Alarms
Alarm 1 (Alert), Alarm 2 (Danger) Over/Under Alarm 1 & Alarm 2 on Direct
Alarm Time Delays 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds
Latching/Non-Latching Alarms Non-Latching only
OK Mode Non-Latching only
Alarm Hysteresis 0.5% of full scale
Signal Processing Options
Bandwidth/Filtering
Direct Filter -3dB @ 1.2 Hz
Gap Filter -3dB @ 0.041 Hz
Full Scale Direct Range mils millimeters
10 - 0 - 10 0.250 - 0 - 0.250

E-2
 Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options
25 - 0 - 25 0.500 - 0 - 0.500
30 - 0 - 30 0.600 - 0 - 0.600
40 - 0 - 40 0.800 - 0 - 0.800
50 - 0 - 50 1.0 - 0 - 1.0
75 - 0 - 75 2.0 - 0 - 2.0
Full Scale Gap Range 24 Volts
Normal Thrust Direction Towards probe
Away from probe
Direct Zero Position Set using I/O data tables
Barriers Internal galvanically isolated barrier
External Zener Barrier
External galvanically isolated barrier
Transducer I/O Module Options Description Part Number
Internal 3300 5 meter Proximitor® 170133-050-xx
Internal 3300 9 meter Proximitor® 170133-090-xx
Internal 3300 14 meter Proximitor® 170133-014-xx
Internal 3300 NSv 7 meter Proximitor® 170150-070-00
Internal 7200 5 meter Proximitor® 170172-050-xx
Internal 7200 9 meter Proximitor® 170172-090-xx
External Proximitor® I/O 170180-01-xx
External -18 Volt Proximitor® I/O 170180-05-xx
External Proximitor® Options Description I/O Module
3300 5mm
3300 8mm
3300XL
330800 PROXPAC
7200 5mm 170180-01-xx
7200 8mm
7200 11mm
7200 14mm
3300 RAM
3300 XL NSv
3000 -18 Volt 170180-05-xx
Control I/O
Channel On/Off
Monitor Reset
Channel Inhibit
Specifications @ 25 ° C (Accuracy is monitor input to output)
Direct accuracy 1% of full scale max, (exclusive of filters)
Direct resolution 0.1% of full scale
Gap accuracy +/- 20mV, -1 to -23 Volt
Gap Resolution 1 mV
Power input - 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from 1701 Power Supply
Power Consumption 1.5 Watt (not including transducers)
Setpoint resolution 0.5% of full scale
Flex read/write rate ≥ 25 millisec (monitor to Flex adapter)
Buffered Output 100 ft cable at 60pF/ft, not isolated
Output impedance 200 ohms
General Specifications
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD 127mm x 21.6mm x 105mm (5 in x 0.85 in x 4.15 in)
Weight 314 grams (11 oz)
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C
Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C
Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

Specifications - 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor - Velocity

Programmable Options
Proportional Values One per channel direct velocity
rms velocity
integrated velocity
filtered direct velocity
filtered rms velocity

E-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
filtered integrated velocity
Alarms
Alarm 1 (Alert), Alarm 2 (Danger) Over Alarm 1 & Alarm 2 on single proportional value
Alarm Time Delays 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds
Latching/Non-Latching Alarms Non-Latching only
OK Mode Non-Latching only
Alarm Hysteresis 0.5% of full scale
Signal Processing Options
Bandwidth/Filtering
Direct velocity 3 Hz to 5,500 Hz
Direct rms or integrated direct velocity 10 Hz to 5,500 Hz
th
Filters Programmable low pass (LP) and high pass (HP) 4 order (-80 dB/decade)
Filter Programmable Options High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz
3, 10, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 50, 60, 80, 5500, 4000, 3000, 2000, 1600,
100, 110, 120 1400, 1200, 1000, 800, 600, 400,
450, 200, 120, 100
Note: The allowed programmable corner frequencies depend on the
transducer type and the full-scale range type as shown in the tables on page
C-9.
Full Scale Ranges Peak velocity (no Integrated velocity, PP RMS velocity
integration)
0 - 0.5 in/s 0 - 5 mil 0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s 0 - 10 mil 0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s 0 - 20 mil 0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s 0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s 0 - 100 um 0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s 0 - 200 um 0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s 0 - 500 um 0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s 0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Barriers Internal galvanically isolated barrier
External Zener Barrier (VELOMITORS ONLY)
External galvanically isolated barrier
Transducer I/O Module Options Description Part Number
Velomitor I/O 170180-03-xx
Velocity I/O 170180-02-xx
Velomitor A & Velocity B I/O 170180-04-xx
External Transducer Options Description Use with I/O Module
Velomitor 170180-03-xx or 170180-04 Channel
A only
High Temperature Velomitor 170180-03-xx or 170180-04 Channel
A only
CEC 4 - 126 170180-02-xx or 170180-04 Channel
B only
9200 170180-02-xx or 170180-04 Channel
B only
Control I/O
Channel On/Off
Monitor Reset
Channel Inhibit
Trip Multiply Programmable, none, 1.5, 2, 3
Timed OK/Channel Defeat Enabled, Disabled (30 sec delay)
Specifications @ 25 ° C (Accuracy is monitor input to output)
Direct accuracy 1% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans > 200mVp.
2.0% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans ≤ 200 mVp
(exclusive of filters)
Direct resolution 0.1% of full scale
Power input - 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from1701 Power Supply
Power Consumption 1.5 Watt (not including transducers)
Setpoint resolution 0.5% of full scale
Flex read/write rate ≥ 25 millisec (monitor to Flex adapter)
Buffered Output 100 ft cable at 60pF/ft, not isolated
(Buffered signal is unprocessed Output impedance 200 ohms
transducer signal)
General Specifications
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD 127mm x 21.6mm x 105mm (5 in x 0.85 in x 4.15 in)

E-4
 Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options
Weight 314 grams (11 oz)
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C
Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C
Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

Specifications - 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor - Acceleration

Programmable Options
Proportional Values One per channel direct acceleration
rms acceleration
filtered direct acceleration
filtered rms acceleration
integrated direct acceleration (velocity)
integrated rms acceleration
filtered integrated direct acceleration
filtered integrated rms acceleration
Alarms
Alarm 1 (Alert), Alarm 2 (Danger) Over Alarm 1 & Alarm 2 on single proportional value
Alarm Time Delays 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds
Latching/Non-Latching Alarms Non-Latching only
OK Mode Non-Latching only
Alarm Hysteresis 0.5% of full scale
Signal Processing Options
Conversions Integrated
(Integrator position with respect to rms
filtering: Filters before integrator only)
Bandwidth/Filtering
Two channels of acceleration input Output type Selectable Filter Ranges (HP to LP)
Peak acceleration 3 Hz to 31.55 kHz
rms acceleration 10 Hz to 31.55 kHz
Peak velocity 20 Hz to 14.05 kHz
rms velocity 20 Hz to 14.05 kHz
One channel acceleration input,
one channel unused Output type Selectable Filter Ranges (HP to LP)
Peak acceleration 3 Hz to 24.3 KHz
rms acceleration 10 Hz to 24.3 KHz
Peak velocity 20 Hz to 24.3 KHz
rms velocity 20 Hz to 24.3 KHz
th
Filters Programmable low pass (LP) and high pass (HP) 4 order (-80 dB/decade)
Filter Programmable options
Dual Channel 14.05 kHz Accel Monitor Type (01)
High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz
3, 10, 12, 16, 20, 22, 25, 30, 50, 60, 14050, 13200, 12100, 10600, 10000,
100, 120, 150, 200 9000, 8100, 7000, 6100, 5000, 4100,
3100, 2100, 1100
Dual Channel 31.55 kHz Accel Monitor Type (10)
High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz
3, 10, 12, 16, 20, 22, 25, 30, 50, 60, 31550, 26000, 23700, 15800, 13250,
100, 120, 150, 200 12100, 10600, 10000, 8100, 6000,
5000, 3000, 2100, 1000
Single Channel 24.3 kHz Accel Monitor Type (11)
High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz
3, 10, 12, 16, 20, 22, 25, 30, 50, 60, 24300, 21000, 18000, 15800, 13250,
100, 120, 150, 200 12100, 10600, 10000, 8100, 6000,
5000, 3000, 2100, 1000
Note: The allowed programmable corner frequencies depend on the channel
type and the full-scale range type as shown in the tables on page D-9 and D-
10.

E-5
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Full Scale Ranges Peak Integrated RMS RMS integrated
acceleration, acceleration, acceleration acceleration
no integration pk
0 - 2 g’s pk 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 0 - 2 g’s rms 0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 5 g’s pk 0 - 2.0 in/s pk 0 - 5 g’s rms 0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 g’s pk 0 - 25 mm/s pk 0 - 10 g’s rms 0 - 25 mm/s rms
0 - 20 g’s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 20 g’s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 25 g’s pk 0 - 100 mm/s pk 0 - 25 g’s rms 0 - 100 mm/s rms
0 - 40 g’s pk 0 - 40 g’s rms
0 - 50 g’s pk 0 - 50 g’s rms
2 2
0 - 20 m/s pk 0 - 20 m/s rms
2 2
0 - 50 m/s pk 0 - 50 m/s rms
2 2
0 - 100 m/s pk 0 - 100 m/s rms
2 2
0 - 200 m/s pk 0 - 200 m/s rms
2 2
0 - 250 m/s pk 0 - 250 m/s rms
2 2
0 - 400 m/s pk 0 - 400 m/s rms
2 2
0 - 500 m/s pk 0 - 500 m/s rms
Barriers
Internal galvanically isolated barrier
External Zener Barrier
External galvanically isolated barrier
Transducer I/O Module Options Description Part Number
Proximitor/Accel I/O 170180-01-xx
External Transducer Options Description Part Number
100 mV/g pk *23733-03
High frequency acceleration *24145-02
100 mV/g pk 49578-01
High frequency acceleration *155023-01
100 mV/g pk 330400
25 mV/g pk 330425
* Note: These products are not recommended for new designs because they
are old products scheduled for phase out. Use 330400 and 330425
acceleration systems where feasible.
Control I/O
Channel On/Off
Monitor Reset
Channel Inhibit
Trip Multiply Programmable, none, 1.5, 2, 3
Timed OK/Channel Defeat Enabled, Disabled (30 sec delay)
Specifications @ 25 ° C (Accuracy is monitor input to output)
Direct accuracy 1% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans > 200mVp.
2% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans ≤ 200 mVp
(exclusive of filters)
Direct resolution 0.1% of full scale
Power input - 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from 1701 Power Supply
Power Consumption 1.5 Watt (not including transducers)
Setpoint resolution 0.5% of full scale
Flex read/write rate ≥ 25 millisec (monitor to Flex adapter)
Buffered Output 100 ft cable at 60pF/ft, not isolated
(Buffered signal is unprocessed Output impedance 200 ohms
transducer signal)
General Specifications
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD 127mm x 21.6mm x 105mm (5 in x 0.85 in x 4.15 in)
Weight 314 grams (11 oz)
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C
Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C
Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

E-6
 Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options
Specifications - External Transducer I/O Module
Signal Inputs Channel A Channel B
170180-01-xxx One Proximitor or Accelerometer One Proximitor or Accelerometer
with -24 Vdc Supply with -24 Vdc Supply
170180-02-xxx One 2-wire Velocity Transducer One 2-wire Velocity Transducer
170180-03-xxx One Velomitor Velocity One Velomitor Velocity Transducer
Transducer
170180-04-xxx One Velomitor Velocity One 2-wire Velocity Transducer
Transducer
170180-05-xxx One Proximitor sensor with -18 One Proximitor Sensor with -18
Vdc supply Vdc supply
General Specifications
Relative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 7° C to 85° C (45° F to 185° F) when
the connector is protected.
Operating Temperature -34° C to +85° C (-30° F to +185° F)
Storage Temperature -40° C to +85° C (-40° F to +185° F)
Weight 277g (9.75 oz.) typical
Proximitor Sensor/ Accelerometer Interface
Module
Input Signal Voltage Range 0 to -Vt V
Output Voltage Range 0 to -Vt V
Frequency Response -5% at >25 kHz
Current draw (without transducer) 2.0 mA maximum
Current Limit Setpoint 33.6 mA min, 37.6 mA max at 25°C (77°F)
2-Wire Velocity Transducer Interface Module
Input Signal Voltage Range 0 to -Vt V
Output Voltage Range 0 to -Vt V
Frequency Response -5% at >25 KHz
Input Impedance 9.98 ± 0.02 K$
Current draw (without transducer) 2.0 mA maximum
Velomitor Piezo-Velocity Transducer
Input Signal Voltage Range 0 to -Vt V
Output Voltage Range 0 to -Vt V
Transducer Nominal Bias Voltage -12 Vdc
Transducer Regulated Current 3.00 to 4.10 mA
Frequency Response -5% at >25 KHz
Current draw (without transducer) 1.5 mA maximum
-18 V Proximitor Interface Module
Input Signal Voltage Range 0 to -Vt V
Output Voltage Range 0 to -Vt V
Transducer Supply Voltage -17.75 to -18.24 Vdc
Frequency Response -5% at >25 kHz
Current draw (without transducer) 2.0 mA maximum

E-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
 System for Hazardous Areas
FieldMonitor
System Specifications

Power Input Range This is the primary power input range using the 1701/10 24 Volt DC Supply
Primary DC Power Input Range +19 Volt DC to + 33 Volt DC

Power Dissipation Typical

Complete system (4 monitors, 5 isolators, 5 36 Watts at +24 Volt
Transducer I/O Modules or Internal Proximitor
Sensors)
Installation Install per control drawing 141265
Installs in a safe area, CSA/NRTL Zone 2 IIC and Class 1 Division 2, Gp A,
B, C, D,
Or Cenelec Zone 2 IIC

1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base Specifications

All Specifications are at 23° ± 2° C, (73.4° ± 3.6° F)
Inputs/Outputs
Quantity Connection
1 16 pin female Flexbus connector for connection directly to another Flex
module
1 16 pin male Flexbus connector for connection directly to Flexbus using Flex
extender cable
1 25 pin DSUB. Buffered dynamic output signals
8 Coaxial connectors. Buffered dynamic output signals
1 Coaxial connector. Buffered Keyphasor output signal
1 Euro terminal. Buffered Keyphasor output signal
1 Euro terminal. + 24 Volt DC +/- primary power input. 14 to 18 AWG
4 8 conductor Euro terminals. Transducer field wiring terminals for 8 monitor
channels. 16 to 18 AWG. These connections are intrinsically safe when
galvanic isolators are installed.
1 8 conductor Euro terminal. Keyphasor field wiring for one channel. 16 to
18 AWG. This connection is intrinsically safe when a galvanic isolator is
installed
1 Wiring stud for hazardous area earth connection
1 Wiring stud for instrument earth connection
Modules Module
Quantity
1 Power Supply
1 FieldMonitor Management Interface Module
1 2-channel Transducer I/O Module for Keyphasor
1 170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator for Keyphasor
Up to 4 2-channel Monitor Modules
Up to 4 170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator (one per monitor)
Up to 4 2-channel Transducer I/O Modules (one per monitor)
General Specifications
Physical
Dimensions (Length x width x height) 50.80 cm x 20.32 cm x 12.7 cm (20.00 in x 8.0 in x 5 in)
(modules installed)
Weight (no modules installed) 1.6 Kilograms (3 lbs, 8 oz)
Mounting Bulkhead. 6 #10 bolts. Can mount over top of DIN rails
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C (-4° F to +158° F) ambient air temperature next to
modules
Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C (-40° F to +185° F)
Operating Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA/NRTL/C Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 at Tamb = + 70 °C
CSA Class I Zone 2 IIC

E-8
 Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options
LCIE EEx nA [ia] IIC, (Cenelec Zone 2 IIC), T4 at Tamb = + 70 °C

170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator Specifications

All Specifications are at 23° ± 2° C, (73.4° ± 3.6° F)
Signal Inputs (The 170190 isolator interfaces Transducers that are not listed can be used with the isolator if they are
to two transducers and works with either internal approved and their entity parameters are within the isolator’s specification.
or external transducers. When an external See the Safety and Entity Parameters section below.
transducer is used a Transducer I/O Module is
installed in the terminal base.) Refer to the transducer data sheet for exact ordering information.
Input Type Transducer I/O Module or Internal Transducer
Transducer
Two external –24 Volt Proximitor Sensors 170180-01-05 -24 Volt Proximitor Sensors:
330100
330800
330801
330900
7200 5 mm, 8 mm
7200 14mm
Internal Dual Proximitor Modules (2 channels) 170133-050-05 Not applicable
170133-090-05
170133-140-05

170172-050-05
170172-090-05
Two Acceleration sensors 170180-01-05 -24 Volt Acceleration sensors:
330400
330425
23733
49578
24145
Two Velocity sensors 170180-02-05 9200
74712
CEC 4-126 or equivalent
Two Velomitor sensors 170180-03-05 330500
330525
330750
330752
Velomitor sensor on channel A and a Velocity 170180-04-05 Channel A: 330500
sensor on channel B. 330525
330750
Channel B: 9200
74712
CEC 4-126 or equivalent
Environmental Specifications
Relative Humidity 95% non-condensing
Operating Temperature -20° C to +70° C (-4° F to +158° F) ambient air temperature next to modules
Storage Temperature -40° C to +85° C (-40° F to +185° F)
Weight 200g (7.0 oz.) typical
Power Input
+24 Volt DC input from terminal base +18 to +32 Volt DC at input to isolator
-Vt, transducer voltage input from monitor
+24 Volt Power 97 mA at +24 Volt
-Vt Power with no transducers connected 29 mA each channel
AC Performance (Typical) Specification is input to output of isolator in percent of the monitors
configured full scale range. The specification depends on the type of signal
processing, peak or peak to peak versus rms, and on the amplitude of the full
scale signal.
AC Amplitude Full Scale Ranges less than 200 mV Full Scale Ranges greater than 200
peak mV peak
Frequency Range Peak or peak-to- RMS signal Peak or peak-to- RMS signal
peak signal processing peak signal processing
processing processing
1 Hz to 5 KHz +4 to +2% +1 to -2% +1 to –2% +1 to -2%
5 KHz to 10 KHz +3 to +1% 0 to -2% -1 to -4% -1 to -3%
10 KHz to 20 KHz +3 to -2% 0 to -4 % -3 to -10% -2 to -7%
AC Ripple 14 mV rms, 20 KHz bandwidth

E-9
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
AC Phase ( Delay is equal to or less than 12.5 microsecond)
0 to 200 Hz Less than or equal to 0.86 degrees
200 Hz to 600 Hz Less than or equal to 2.6 degrees
600 Hz to 1 KHz Less than or equal to 4.3 degrees
1 KHz to 10 KHz Less than or equal to 43.2 degrees
10 KHz to 20 KHz Less than or equal to 90 degrees

DC Performance Specification is input to output of isolator

DC error for DC inputs between –2.0 ± 100 milliVolt DC
Volt DC and –20 Volt DC
Hazardous Area Approvals The system, including the isolator, transducer i/o modules and internal
Proximitors must install in a safe area or Div 2/Zone 2. The interface to
external transducers and the proximity probe connectors on the internal
Proximitors are intrinsically safe and have the approvals shown.
170190-01 Dual Galvanic Isolator CSA/NRTL/C Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 at Tamb = + 70 °C
CSA Class I Zone 2
LCIE EEx nA [ia] IIC, (Cenelec Zone 2 IIC), T4 at Tamb = + 70° C
Transducer I/O Modules and Internal
Proximitor Modules when used with the 170190 CSA/NRTL/C LCIE (CENELEC)
isolator
170180-01-05 Class 1 EEx ia IIC
Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D
170180-02-05 Class 1 EEx ia IIC
Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D
170180-03-05 Class 1 EEx ia IIC
Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D
170180-04-05 Class 1 EEx ia IIC
Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D
170133-xxx-05 Class 1 EEx ia IIC
Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D
170172-xxx-05 Class 1 EEx ia IIC
Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D

Safety Parameters, maximum output This specification gives UO and IO, the maximum voltage and current at the
voltage and current per channel (The intrinsically safe field wiring terminals on the terminal base when the 170190
safety.parameters are the maximum output isolator is used with the Transducer I/O Modules indicated. These two
voltage and current into the hazardous area.) parameters are derived from the combination of the signal and power
interface to a singe transducer.
Transducer I/O Module or Internal UO ,Volts IO ,mA
Transducer
170180-01-05 26.8 119.8
170180-02-05 26.8 19
170180-03-05 26.8 119.8
170180-04-05, Channel A 26.8 119.8
170180-04-05, Channel B 26.8 19
170133-xxx-05 26.8 119.8
170172-xxx-05 26.8 119.8

Entity Parameters, maximum external This specification gives the limits for combined cable/sensor capacitance
capacitance and inductance per and inductance when the 170190 isolator is used with the Transducer I/O
Modules indicated.
channel (Entity parameters are used to
determine if a system composed of individual
approved components, such as a sensor, cabling,
signal conditioning, and isolator is within safe
limits when it is connected as a system.)
Transducer I/O Module IIC IIB IIA
Co , nF Lo , mH Co , nF Lo , mH Co , nF Lo , mH
170180-01-05 74 2.73 680 11.10 2,330 22.25
170180-03-05
170180-02-05 70 110 698 443 2348 886
170180-04-05, Channel A 52 2.73 680 11.10 2,330 22.25
170180-04-05, Channel B 70 110 698 443 2348 886

E-10
 Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options
Null Input Offset Error (Null Input Offset This specification gives the typical values of NIOE measured using the digital
Error ,NOIE, is the signal reading when there is scaled value returned by the vibration monitor connected to the Isolator. Null
no dynamic vibration from the connected sensor.) Input offset error can be reduced by decreasing channel bandwidth and by
selecting rms full scale ranges when using velocity or acceleration sensors.
Full Scale Range Type Transducer Type Null Input Offset Error
Peak-to-Peak Displacement 200 mV/mil (7.87 mV/um) 0.03 mil peak-to-peak
Proximitor Sensors (0.8 micrometer peak-to-peak)
Peak Velocity 100 mV/in/s pk (3.93 mV/mm/s pk) 0.04 in/s peak
Velomitor Sensors (1.0 mm/s peak)
145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk) 0.048 in/s peak
Velomitor Sensors (1.2 mm/s peak)
145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk) 0.04 in/s peak
Velocity sensors (1.0 mm/s peak)
500 mV/in/s pk (19.68 mV/mm/s pk) 0.01 in/s peak
Seismoprobe Sensors (0.25 mm/s peak)
RMS Velocity 100 mV/in/s pk (3.93 mV/mm/s pk) 0.01 in/s rms
Velomitor Sensors (0.25 mm/s rms)
145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk) 0.018 in/s rms
Velomitor Sensors (0.46 mm/s rms)
145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk) 0.01 in/s rms
Velocity sensors (0.25 mm/s rms)
500 mV/in/s pk (19.68 mV/mm/s pk) 0.002 in/s rms
Seismoprobe Sensors (0.05 mm/s rms)
Peak-to-Peak Displacement (Integrated Velocity) 100 mV/in/s pk (3.93 mV/mm/s pk) 0.10 mil peak-to-peak
Velomitor Sensors (2.5 micrometer peak-to-peak)
145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk) 0.08 mil peak-to-peak
Velomitor Sensors (2.0 micrometer peak-to-peak)
145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk) 0.10 mil peak-to-peak
Velocity sensors (2.5 micrometer peak-to-peak)
500 mV/in/s pk (19.68 mV/mm/s pk) 0.02 mil peak-to-peak
Seismoprobe Sensors (0.5 micrometer peak-to-peak)
Peak Acceleration 100 mV/g Accelerometers 0.10 g peak
2
(1.0 m/s peak)
25 mV/g Accelerometers 0.50 g peak
2
(4.9 m/ s peak)
RMS Acceleration 100 mV/g Accelerometers 0.02 g rms
2
(0.20 m/s rms)
25 mV/g Accelerometers 0.10 g rms
2
(1.00 m/s rms)
Peak Velocity (Integrated Acceleration) 100 mV/g Accelerometers 0.009 in/s peak
(0.23 mm/s peak)
25 mV/g Accelerometers 0.043 in/s peak
(1.10 mm/s peak)
RMS Velocity (Integrated Acceleration) 100 mV/g Accelerometers 0.003 in/s rms
(0.08 mm/s rms)
25 mV/g Accelerometers 0.012 in/s rms
(0.3 mm/s rms)
DC Output with Input Open This specification gives the minimum DC output voltage from the isolator with
the input signal connected to common or open circuit when using an external
or internal Proximitor Module.
Transducer IO Module or Internal
Proximitor Module
170180-01-05 Equal to or more positive than –1.00 Volt dc
170133-xxx-05
170172-xxx-05

E-11
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Specifications - 170133 Internal Proximitor Module

The following specifications apply at 22° C (72° F) with a Bently Nevada supplied AISI 4140 steel target. Typical is defined as
90% of the devices built meeting the specification. The calibration range is 250 µm (10 mil) to 2250 µm (90 mil).
Note: Operation outside the specified limits may result in false readings and/or loss of machine monitoring.
System
Average Scale Factor (ASF)
Typical 7.87 ± 0.21 mV/µm (200.0 ± 5.4 mV/mil)
Incremental Scale Factor (ISF)
Typical 7.87 ± 0.51 mV/µm (200.0 ± 13 mV/mil)
Deviation from Straight Line (DSL) This specification covers a range starting at the beginning of the calibration
range 250 µm (10 mil) and ending at 2250 µm (90 mil). Error is referenced
to the straight line which is centered to yield minimum error and which has a
7.87 mV/µm (200 mV/mil) slope over the calibration range.
Typical Less than ± 38 µm (1.5 mil)
Frequency response (at 50 mils gap) 0 to 12.5 KHz (750,000 cpm), -3dB
Proximitor Sensor
Interchangeability error
Average scale factor (ASF) change
Typical Less than 0.09 mV/µm (2.3 mV/mil)
Apparent gap change
At 1270 µm (50 mil) gap 180 µm (7.1 mil) maximum
At 250 µm (10 mil) gap 130 µm (5.3 mil) maximum
Weight 320 g (11.3 oz)
Temperature
Storage -40° C to +85° C (-40° F to +185° F)
Operating -34° C to +85° C (-30° F to +185° F)
Relative Humidity 100% condensing non-submerged from 7° C to 85° C (45° F to 185° F) when
connectors are protected.
Indication of faults The output will go to within 1.0 volt (typically 0.7 volts) of common if a short or
open circuit occurs in an extension cable or probe.
intrinsic safety The 1701 Proximitor Sensor is designed to be used only with the 1701
Internal Galvanic Isolator
Probe
DC resistance (nominal) (RPROBE) 7.3 Ω + 0.28 Ω/m (7.3 Ω + 0.087 Ω/ft)
Connector torque requirement 0.565 N•m (5 in•lb) minimum
(approximately finger tight plus 1/8 turn.)
Recommended minimum bend radius 25.4 mm (1.00 in)
Temperature
Storage -34° C to +177° C (-30° F to +350° F)
Operating -34° C to +177° C (-30° F to +350° F)
Relative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 7°C to 85°C (45° F to 185° F) when
connectors are protected.
Cable
Interchangeability error
Average scale factor (ASF) change
Typical Less than 0.09 mV/µm (2.3 mV/mil)
Apparent gap change
At 1270 µm (50 mil) gap 180 µm (7.1 mil) maximum
At 250 µm (10 mil) gap 130 µm (5.3 mil) maximum
DC resistance, nominal
Center conductor (RCORE) 0.222 Ω/m (0.067 Ω/ft)
Shield (RJACKET) 0.066 Ω/m (0.020 Ω/ft)
Capacitance 69.9 pF/m (21.3 pF/ft) typical
Minimum bend radius 25.4 mm (1.0 in)
Connector torque requirement 0.565 N•m (5 in•lb) minimum
Temperature
Storage -51° C to +177° C (-60° F to +350° F)
Operating -51° C to +177° C (-60° F to +350° F)
Relative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 2° C to 100° C (35° F to 212° F)
when connectors are protected.

E-12
 Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

10
Referenced to 200 MV/MIL
DSL ERROR IN MILS

-5

-10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

20%

15%
Referenced to 200 MV/MIL

10%
ISF ERROR

5%

0%

-5%

-10%

-15%

-20%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

-24
-22

-20
-18

-16
OUTPUT (VOLTS)

-14

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
25 deg C (77 deg F) 70 deg C (158 deg F) 85 deg C (185 deg F)

170133 System Performance Graphs - 5m Proximitor  and 4m (13.1 ft) cable at high temperature

E-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Referenced to 200 MV/MIL 10

5
DSL ERROR IN MILS

-5

-10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

20%

15%
Referenced to 200 MV/MIL

10%
ISF ERROR

5%

0%

-5%

-10%

-15%

-20%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

-24

-22

-20

-18

-16
OUTPUT (VOLTS)

-14

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
25 deg C (77 deg F) -20 deg C (-4 deg F) -35 deg C (-31 deg F)

 and 4m (13.1 ft) cable at low temperature

170133 System Performance Graphs - 5m Proximitor

E-14
 Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

 Module
Specifications - 170150 Internal Proximitor
The following specifications apply over ambient temperature range of 0° C to 45° C with a Bently Nevada supplied AISI 4140 steel
target. The calibration range is 250 µm (10 mil) to 1750 µm (70 mil).
Note: Operation outside the specified limits may result in false readings and/or loss of machine monitoring.
System
Incremental Scale Factor (ISF)
Typical 7.87 +1.10/-1.69 mV/µm (200.0 +28/-43 mV/mil)
Deviation from Straight Line (DSL) This specification covers a range starting at the beginning of the calibration
range 250 µm (10 mil) and ending at 1750 µm (70 mil). Error is referenced
to the straight line which is centered to yield minimum error and which has a
7.87 mV/µm (200 mV/mil) slope over the calibration range.
Less than ± 58 µm (2.3 mil)
Interchangeability error
Average scale factor (ASF) change Less than 0.33 mV/µm (8.4 mV/mil)
Gap at 0.51mm (20 mils) Less than 0.23 mm (9 mils)
Frequency response 0 to 10 KHz (600,000 cpm), -3dB
Proximitor Sensor
Weight 320 g (11.3 oz)
Temperature
Storage -40° C to +85° C (-40° F to +185° F)
Operating -34° C to +85° C (-30° F to +185° F)
Relative Humidity 100% condensing non-submerged from 7° C to 85° C (45° F to 185° F) when
connectors are protected.
Indication of faults The output will go to within 1.0 volt (typically 0.7 volts) of common if a short or
open circuit occurs in an extension cable or probe.
Probe
DC resistance (nominal) (RPROBE) 3.9 Ω + 0.28 Ω/m (3.9 Ω + 0.087 Ω/ft)
Connector torque requirement 0.565 N•m (5 in•lb) minimum
(Approximately finger tight plus 1/8 turn.)
Recommended minimum bend radius 25.4 mm (1.00 in)
Temperature
Storage -34° C to +177° C (-30° F to +350° F)
Operating -34° C to +177° C (-30° F to +350° F)
Relative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 7°C to 85°C (45° F to 185° F) when
connectors are protected.
Cable
DC resistance, nominal
Center conductor (RCORE) 0.220 Ω/m (0.067 Ω/ft)
Shield (RJACKET) 0.066 Ω/m (0.020 Ω/ft)
Capacitance 69.9 pF/m (21.3 pF/ft) typical
Minimum bend radius 25.4 mm (1.0 in)
Connector torque requirement 0.565 N•m (5 in•lb) minimum
Temperature
Storage -51° C to +177° C (-60° F to +350° F)
Operating -51° C to +177° C (-60° F to +350° F)
Relative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 2° C to 100° C (35° F to 212° F)
when connectors are protected.

E-15
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

Gap (m m ) 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25
4

3
DSL Error (mils) 2
1

-1

-2
-3

-4

15
Referenced to 200

10
ISF Error (%)

5
MV/MIL

-5

-10

-15

-24

-22

-20

-18

-16
Output (Volts)

-14

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

0
Gap (m ils) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

23°C (73°F ) 65°C (150°F ) 85°C (185°C)

 and 6m (19.7 ft) cable at high temperature

170150 System Performance Graphs - 7m Proximitor

E-16
 Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

Gap (m m ) 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25
4

3
DSL Error (mils) 2

-1

-2
-3

-4

15
Referenced to 200
ISF ERROR (%)

10

5
MV/MIL

-5

-10

-15

-24

-22

-20

-18

-16
Output (Volts)

-14

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

0
Gap (m ils) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

23°C (73°F ) 0°C (32°F ) -35°C (-31°F )

 and 6m (19.7 ft) cable at low temperature

170150 System Performance Graphs - 7m Proximitor

E-17
FieldMonitor™ User Manual
Specifications - 1701/10 24 Volt Power Supply
Specifications @ 25 ° C
Input voltage range + 18 Volt to + 36 Volt DC
Inrush current 30 Amp pk nominal
Fusing 250 V, 3 Amp, SB
Isolation Voltage 850 volts DC, primary to chassis, 1 minute
Overvoltage protection No damage to 50 volt DC
Input conductor size 14 to 26 AWG
General Specifications
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD 105 mm x 150 mm x 56 mm (4.1 in x 5.9 in x 2.2 in)
Weight 0.57 Kg (1.25 lb)
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C
Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C
Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

E-18
 Appendix
Appendix F
Tested Network Adapters
Bently Nevada Corporation has tested certain Flex network adapters with the
1701 product. These tests consist of verifying communication, configuration,
power up, and removal and insertion under power.
For an updated list contact your Bently Nevada representative.

Tested Adapters
Adapter Controller Adapter Adapter Revision Comments
Manufacturer
1794 ACN Allen-Bradley 1785 Allen-Bradley Series A, Rev A01 Not Recommended
ControlNet 1.25 L20C
1794 ACN15 Allen-Bradley 1785 Allen-Bradley Series A, Rev A01, On rare occasions
ControlNet 1.5 L20C15 F/W Rev B during removal and
insertion under power
(RIUP) and at power
up modules may not
configure. If this
occurs, cycle power to
the node.
1794 ACN15 Allen-Bradley 1785 Allen-Bradley Series B, Rev A Power up and RIUP
ControlNet 1.5 L20C15 problem has been
fixed.
1794 ASB Allen-Bradley 1785 Allen-Bradley Series C, Rev C01, On rare occasions
Remote I/O L20C F/W Rev D during removal and
Allen-Bradley 1785 insertion under power
L20C15 and at power up
modules may not
configure. If this
occurs, cycle power to
the node
1794 ADN Allen-Bradley Allen-Bradley Series B, Rev A01
DeviceNet ControlLogix, 1756
DeviceNet Bridge
3170 MBS Allen-Bradley 1785 Prosoft Technology
Modbus L20C15 with Prosoft
Technology Modbus
Gateway
3170 PDP Siemens S7-300 PLC, Prosoft Technology FW rev 1 Hardware configuration
315-2 DP Processor requires special
instructions.
9900-HMS-APB Hilscher Profibus Hassbjer Micro FW rev 1/HW rev 1 GSD file is supplied
Profibus DP card/software in System (HMS) with the adapter
personal computer
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

F-2
 Appendix
Appendix G
1701/05 Terminal Base Installation and
Wiring Diagrams

Drawing Title Page

Terminal Base Direct Hookup to Flex Module G-2
Terminal Base Indirect Hookup to Flex Module G-3
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O G-4
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with External G-5
Barriers
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with input from G-6
Accelerometer Interface Module
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with External G-7
Barriers and Input from Accelerometer Interface Modules
Dual External Proximitor® / Acceleration with Input from G-8
350500 Dynamic Pressure Charge Amplifier (DPCA)
Dual External Proximitor® / Acceleration with External Barriers G-9
and Input from 350500 Dynamic Pressure Charge Amplifier
(DPCA)
Dual External -18 V Proximitor I/O Module G-10
Dual Channel Velocity I/O with Seismoprobe Input G-11
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module G-12
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module with External Barriers G-13
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module with PCB 102M203 Or G-14
PCB 102M206 Input
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module with external barriers G-15
and PCB 102M206 input
Dual Channel Velomitor/Seismoprobe I/O Module G-16
Dual Internal Proximitor Module G-17
1701/22 Conditioned Keyphasor Hookup G-18
1701/05 Overall Dimensions with Power Supply and Modules G-19
Installed
1701/05 Mounting Dimensions with no Power Supply and G-20
Modules Installed
Ethernet Connection G-21
System Wiring Notes G-22 to
G-25

G-1
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-2
Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams

G-3

 


 


 

  
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-4
Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams

G-5

SHIELD B SHIELD A
COM B COM A
SIG B SIG A
Vt B Vt A

 


 


 

  
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-6
Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams

G-7

 


 


 

  
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

 

 

 

 
 
 



 






 
 


 

G-8
 Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams

 

 

 

 

 


 









 


 

G-9

 


 


 


FieldMonitor™ User Manual

 
G-10
 Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams





 

 
G-11


 


 
 

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-12
 Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams





 

 
G-13

 
FieldMonitor™ User Manual




 
 

G-14
 Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams





 

 
G-15


 


 
 

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-16
Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams

G-17
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-18
Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams

G-19
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-20
Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams

G-21
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-22
Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams

G-23
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-24
Appendix G — Field Wiring Diagrams

G-25
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

G-26
 Appendix
Appendix H
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base
Installation and Wiring Diagrams

Drawing Title Page

System Wiring Notes H-2 to
H-3
Terminal Base Direct Hookup to Flex Module H-4
Terminal Base Indirect Hookup to Flex Module H-5
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with Proximitor H-6
Input
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with input from H-7
Accelerometer Interface Module
Dual External Proximitor®/ Accelerometer I/O with input from H-8
350500 Dynamic Pressure Charge Amplifier (DPCA)
Dual Channel Velocity I/O with Seismoprobe Input H-9
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module H-10
Dual Channel Velomitor® I/O with PCB 102M203 or PCB H-11
102M206 Input
Dual Channel Velomitor / Velocity I/O Module H-12
Dual Internal Proximitor Module H-13
1701/22 Conditioned Keyphasor Hookup H-14
1701/06 Overall Dimensions with Power Supply and Modules H-15
Installed
Ethernet Connection H-16
Allowable Cable Capacitance and Inductance H-17
to H-
18
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

H-2
Appendix H — Approval Installation Drawing

H-3
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

H-4
 Appendix H — Approval Installation Drawing

 


H-5
  
   

$8 /1%671

  

 


 


 

  
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

H-6
 Appendix H — Approval Installation Drawing

 

 

 

 








H-7
FieldMonitor™ User Manual








 
   

 
 
 

 

 

 
 
   

 
 

H-8
 Appendix H — Approval Installation Drawing





 




 
 

H-9


 
 
  

 

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

H-10
 Appendix H — Approval Installation Drawing





 

 
H-11


 
 
  

 

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

H-12
Appendix H — Approval Installation Drawing

H-13
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

H-14
Appendix H — Approval Installation Drawing

H-15
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

H-16
Appendix H — Approval Installation Drawing

H-17
FieldMonitor™ User Manual

H-18